1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
|
The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Adventures of a Country Boy at a Country
Fair, by James Otis
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
Title: The Adventures of a Country Boy at a Country Fair
Author: James Otis
Release Date: October 6, 2011 [eBook #37647]
Language: English
Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF A COUNTRY BOY AT
A COUNTRY FAIR***
E-text prepared by Juliet Sutherland, Matthew Wheaton, and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team (http://www.pgdp.net)
Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
file which includes the original illustrations.
See 37647-h.htm or 37647-h.zip:
(http://www.gutenberg.org/files/37647/37647-h/37647-h.htm)
or
(http://www.gutenberg.org/files/37647/37647-h.zip)
[Illustration: In an instant Sam was off at full speed, crying, "Stop
thief!" at the full strength of his lungs.]
THE ADVENTURES OF A COUNTRY BOY AT A COUNTRY FAIR
by
James Otis
Author of Toby Tyler Etc.
Illustrated
Boston
Charles E. Brown & Co.
Copyright, 1893,
By Charles E. Brown & Co.
S. J. Parkhill & Co., Printers
Boston
CONTENTS.
CHAPTER.
I.--A Young Fakir
II.--An Old Fakir
III.--A Friend
IV.--Uncle Nathan
V.--The Fair
VI.--A Clue
VII.--The Clerk
VIII.--The Jewelry Fakir
IX.--A Brave Rescue
X.--An Encounter
XI.--Long Jim
XII.--A Discovery
XIII.--Amateur Detectives
XIV.--The Rendezvous
XV.--Sam's Adventures
XVI.--Missing
XVII.--A Terrible Night
XVIII.--A Narrow Escape
XIX.--The Arrest
XX.--A Proposition
XXI.--With the Burglars
XXII.--A Disaster
XXIII.--A Second Arrest
XXIV.--A Third Arrest
XXV.--On Bail
XXVI.--The Fakirs' Party
XXVII.--In Hiding
XXVIII.--A Failure
XXIX.--The Testimonial
XXX.--The Trial
XXXI.--An Arrival
XXXII.--In Conclusion
_THE ADVENTURES OF A COUNTRY BOY AT A COUNTRY FAIR._
CHAPTER I.
_A YOUNG FAKIR._
"I'm going to try it. Deacon Jones says I can have the right to run both
things for ten dollars, and Uncle Nathan is going to lend me money
enough to get the stock."
"What scheme have you got in your head now, Teddy Hargreaves?" and Mrs.
Fernald looked over her spectacles at the son of her widowed sister, who
was literally breathless in his excitement.
"I'm going to run a cane an' knife board at the Peach Bottom fair, and
try to make money enough to pay the debt mother owes on the place."
"You're crazy--mad as a March hare! The idea of a child like you setting
yourself up to earn three or four hundred dollars, when your father
worked all his life and couldn't get so much together."
Mrs. Fernald really appeared to be angry, and she really believed there
was good cause why she should lose her temper. The thought that little
Teddy--a "whiflet" she called him--should set up his opinion in such
matters against his elders, and attempt to earn in one season an amount
which Seth Hargreaves had never been able to repay during his thirty-six
years of life, was so preposterous that the good lady looked upon the
boy's assertion as positive proof that he was not only ready but willing
to "fly in the face of Providence."
"I shall try it all the same," Teddy replied in a most provokingly
matter-of-fact tone, "an' I'm going down to see Uncle Nathan this very
minute."
"Very well, and I consider it my bounden duty to advise your mother to
keep you in the house until the fair is ended," Aunt Sarah said, as she
took from its peg the well-worn gingham sun-bonnet.
Teddy had no desire to prolong the conversation, which had been begun
simply because his aunt insisted on knowing where he had been, but
hurried away from the gate on which he had been swinging while Mrs.
Fernald questioned him, as if fearful lest she might try to detain him
until the matter could be settled according to her own ideas of
propriety.
"I can have the right to run what I want to, every day the fair lasts,
for ten dollars, an' now, if you lend me fifteen, I'll be all right,"
the boy cried as he burst into Nathan Hargreaves' store, just as the old
gentleman was adding a trifle more sand to the sugar, in order to
compensate for what might possibly have been spilled by the careless
clerk.
"Oh, it's fixed, eh? And you're really goin' to turn fakir?" Uncle
Nathan asked, wrinkling his face into the semblance of a laugh, but
remaining silent, as if fearing to waste even such a cheap thing as
mirth.
"What's a fakir?"
"A man, or a boy, for that matter, who goes out to sell things as you
count on doin', if I'm fool enough to let you throw away fifteen good
dollars of mine."
"But you promised to lend me the money."
"An' I'm going to do it; but that don't make me any less a fool jest
because I'm holdin' to my word. Tell me what you count on doin', an'
then we'll come down to the business end of the scheme."
"I'll pay the ten dollars I've got to Deacon Jones for the right to run
the games, an' with what you lend me I'm goin' to Waterville an' buy a
whole lot of knives an' canes. There's a storekeeper over there who
promises to sell that kind of goods for less than they cost him."
"An' he's lyin' when he says it. People don't do business for the fun of
it; but that's neither here nor there so far as our trade is concerned.
I'm goin' to give you the fifteen dollars now--it's a power of money for
a boy of your size, Teddy--, an' if you make anything, as I allow you
will, I'm to have eighteen dollars back; don't forget that part of the
trade."
"I'll stand to what I agreed, Uncle Nathan, and you shall be paid the
very day the fair closes."
"Here it is," and with a sigh which was almost a groan Uncle Nathan took
from a fat calfskin wallet three five-dollar bills, adding, as he handed
them to Teddy: "Be careful of it, my boy, for I'm puttin' almost too
much confidence in a child of your size, an' nobody knows how distressed
I'd be if anything happened to prevent your paying it back."
Teddy placed the money carefully in the inside pocket of his vest, and,
after promising for at least the hundredth time that it should be repaid
by the close of the following week, hurried home confident in the belief
that he was on an extremely short road to wealth.
Mrs. Hargreaves was by no means as sanguine as her son concerning the
success of the scheme, and actually appeared frightened when Teddy
showed her the money he had received from his Uncle Nathan, who was
reputed to be the "closest-fisted" merchant to be found within a day's
ride of Peach Bottom Run.
"If you should lose it, Teddy, and be unable to pay him back at the
exact time you promised, it would be the undoing of us, for we could
never expect to get another dollar. I know he is not generous, but have
always believed that if we should be in yet more straitened
circumstances he would give us some assistance. He has neither charity
nor mercy for any one who does not pay a little more than his just
debts--"
"But I shall give back every cent of this, mother, so don't look as if
you were in such distress. I want to go to Waterville to buy my stock in
the morning, an' am counting on walking. It's only seven miles, an' I'll
save fifty cents by traveling on shanks' mare."
"I will have breakfast ready by four o'clock; but you must come back on
the stage, Teddy."
"Yes, if I feel very tired; but I don't know of any easier way to earn a
dollar than by walking both ways."
The young "fakir" believed he knew exactly what kind and amount of stock
he wished to purchase on the following day, therefore he had no
preparations to make for the journey save to get his limbs in the best
possible condition for the tramp by retiring very early, in order to
"scoop in" plenty of sleep.
The thought of the success which should attend him in his new venture
kept his eyes open a long while after getting into bed, and when he
finally succeeded in crossing over to the land of Nod, dreams of the
fortune to be made during the coming week visited his brain, and
remained there until his mother's voice summoned him to breakfast.
The sun had not yet come up from behind the hills when he was trudging
sturdily along over the dusty road, carrying a generous luncheon tied in
a snowy-white napkin, and with his money secured by many pins in the
lining of his cap.
"Be careful not to lose it, for your Uncle Nathan would never forgive
you," his mother had said, and he cried cheerily, as he walked swiftly
down the lane to the highway:
"There's no fear of anything like that happening; the bills can't get
away without my knowing it so long as they stay here," and Teddy pulled
his cap yet more closely down on his head.
In a trifle more than two hours he was at Waterville, wondering why the
stores were not open, no matter how early it was, when such an important
customer as himself came to town.
Since the merchants were evidently ignorant of his arrival, as was
evidenced by the fact that their places of business yet remained closed,
there was no more profitable occupation for him than to eat a second
breakfast, which he proceeded to do, using a hand-truck on the
depot-platform as a seat.
The train which left New York on the evening before had arrived some
time previous, and the station was temporarily deserted by all save a
boy of about Teddy's age, who was walking to and fro in an aimless
manner.
By the time the young "fakir" had finished his second biscuit he noticed
that the stranger was watching him narrowly, and, holding forth the
napkin with its generous store, he asked:
"Have one?"
"I don't care if I do," said the boy, carelessly, and he continued:
"I reckon you live 'round here?"
"No, I jest come up from Peach Bottom Run, an' am waiting for the stores
to be opened."
"Why, you're from the same place where the fair is goin' to be held."
"No; I live at the Run, an' the fair is over to Peach Bottom, most five
miles from my house. Are you goin' there?"
"I should reckon I was. Why, I'm goin' to help run it."
"You are?" and Teddy's mouth opened wide in astonishment.
"Yes, sir-ree, an' you fellers will be jest about crazy when I tell you
what I've come to do."
"Don't flash it upon us too quick, for we wanter kind of keep our wits
about us till the fun is over."
The tone of sarcasm in Teddy's voice appeared to nettle the stranger.
"I've come down here to give away a steamboat what's worth five hundred
dollars."
"Then there ain't any need for you to go any farther, 'cause I'm willin'
to take it now."
"If you won't be so smart I'll tell you about it," was the dignified
reply. "There's a firm out in Detroit what's goin' to do that very thing
to the feller that can guess how much she weighs, an' I've been hired to
help the man who is comin' down to Peach Bottom to show off a lot of
boats."
"What are you goin' to do?" and now Teddy was interested.
"Row around in the creek while he looks out for the stuff in the fair.
It won't be any more'n fun, an' if you'll come over I'll take you out."
"I don't s'pose you could help me guess how much the steamer weighs,
could you?"
"There ain't anybody as can do that, 'cause you see she ain't built yet;
but you can find out all about it by lookin' on the fair grounds for the
circulars what the Davis Boat and Oar Company of Detroit will throw
around, an' if there's somethin' else you wanter know jest ask for Sam
Balderston; all the folks will know me before I've been there very
long."
"I'm going to work at the fair myself," Teddy replied, and then, in
response to his new friend's questions, he gave him all the particulars
of his proposed venture.
"I reckon you'll get along all right, an' come out way ahead, if some of
these smart fakirs don't try to get the best of you. Say, why can't I go
to your house, an' stay till it's time to go over to the fair? I'll pay
my way."
"If mother's willin', I'd like to have you, an' I don't believe she'll
care. Now, I've got to buy my stuff. Where'll I meet you afterward?"
"I'm goin' with you," Sam said, in a matter-of-fact tone. "I know a good
deal about such things, an' won't see you cheated."
Teddy hardly thought he was in need of any assistance; but since he did
not want to offend this fellow who was concerned in giving away a
steamboat, he could not well refuse, therefore the two started up the
street together.
CHAPTER II.
_AN OLD FAKIR._
Sam had very much advice to give during the short walk, and while the
greater portion of it was worthless, there were bits which might be of
value to the young "fakir."
"Don't buy anything till you have seen all there is in town, an' then
you'll know which is the cheapest," Sam repeated several times, with an
air of wisdom, and Teddy believed this to be a good idea.
With this object in view the two boys walked from store to store,
examining that particular quality of canes and knives which Teddy
thought would be best suited to his purpose, and Sam had no hesitation
in criticising the goods boldly, until more than one of the clerks lost
his temper entirely and refused to show the full stock.
"If you go on this way, Sam, we won't get the business done to day, an'
I want to send the stuff down in the stage, which leaves here at three
o'clock."
"There'll be plenty of time for that; I know what I'm about. Now, if you
had sent your money to me, I'd got you a dandy lot in New York for
almost nothing."
"Seein's how I didn't even know your name till a couple of hours ago,
there wasn't much chance for me to do that, an' I guess I'll make out
well enough here if you don't keep on raisin' a fuss with the clerks."
"I won't so much as yip ag'in, if that's the way you look at it. The
question is, which store you're goin' to buy from?"
"There's a place near the depot that wasn't open when we came past.
Let's go there, an' then I'll make up my mind."
Sam, feeling a trifle injured because his advice had not been fully
appreciated, said nothing more until they were near the station, and
then, seeing a train approaching, he proposed that they stop for a few
minutes.
"Jest as likely as not there'll be people on it whom I know goin' to the
fair, an' you want to get acquainted with all the fakirs, so's they'll
help you along now an' then."
"The stage goes at three."
"An' it ain't more'n ten now. Come on!" Sam cried, triumphantly, as he
motioned for Teddy to come nearer.
Sam had already quickened his pace, and Teddy was forced to follow, or
injure the feelings of one whom he believed held a responsible position
in the Peach Bottom exhibition. Among the passengers alighting from the
train as the boys arrived was a man who carried a large package
enveloped in green cloth, and Sam whispered, excitedly:
"I'll bet that's an old fakir, and if he is we want to let him know who
we are."
Teddy failed to understand exactly why this was necessary; but his
companion seemed so positive on the point that he remained silent.
This particular passenger appeared to have plenty of time at his
disposal. He placed his package at one end of the platform, lighted a
pipe, and then walked to and fro as the remainder of the travelers
dispersed.
"You foller me, an' we'll find out who he is," Sam whispered, when he
thought a fitting opportunity had come, and then advanced boldly toward
the stranger. "Goin' to the fair?" he asked.
"Yes; what of it?"
"Nothin', only I s'pose you know you've got to take another train here."
"If I didn't why would I be loafin' around this dead place?"
"I jest spoke of it 'cause this feller an' I are goin' there, too," and
Sam waved his hand in the direction where Teddy was standing.
"I s'pose there'll be other boys besides you at the fair, eh?"
"But we belong to it. I'm to give a steamboat away, an' he's goin' to
run a cane an' knife board. We're waiting here to buy the stock."
[Illustration: THE THREE NOTES WERE HANDED TO THE GENEROUS STRANGER.]
"Oh, you are, eh?" and now the man appeared to be interested. "I reckon
you're goin' to spend as much as a dollar?"
"One? Why, he's got fifteen, an' the whole of it will be spent before
the stage leaves. We know something about the business an' don't count
on gettin' an outfit for nothing."
"I thought you was a fakir," the man said, in a more friendly tone, as,
unobserved by the worldly-wise Sam, he made a peculiar gesture to a
stranger immediately in the rear.
"That's what I am," was the proud reply, "an' I'll make things hum over
at Peach Bottom before I leave the town. You see I thought I'd speak to
you, 'cause all of us fellers should know each other."
"You're right, an' it's mighty lucky you did strike up an acquaintance,
for I can give you a big lift. I've helped many a boy into the business
when they had money enough to help themselves."
The last dozen words were spoken in a loud tone, as if for the benefit
of the stranger in the rear; but instead of waiting to hear more the
latter turned abruptly and walked toward the package with a green
covering at the end of the platform.
"I knew we oughter talk with you."
"Did you count on buying your stuff in this one-horse town?" the man
asked as Teddy approached, and the latter replied:
"There wasn't any other place I could go to, 'cause it costs too much
for a ticket to New York."
"How big a stock do you want?"
"All I can get for fifteen dollars. Don't you think that will be
enough?"
"It depends," the stranger replied, reflectively. "If you buy the goods
here you'll have to pay such a big price that it won't be much of a
pile. Now, if--I've got the very thing in mind! You'll remember the day
you saw me if my plan works. I know a fakir here who has a fine layout
that he wants to sell. You can get fifty dollars' worth of stuff
for--well, he asks twenty; but I'll say you are friends of mine, an' the
chances are you can make a trade."
"That would be a regular snap!" Sam cried, and Teddy's eyes glistened at
the thought of thus procuring a full outfit so cheaply.
"I'll do what I can for you," the man said, in a patronizing tone. "At
any rate, I'll make him come down in his price, and if there's any
balance it can be paid after the fair has been opened long enough for
you to take in some money."
"If business is good, I'm willing to do what is right," Teddy replied;
"but I must pay Uncle Nathan first."
"How much do you owe him?"
"Fifteen dollars."
"Why, bless my soul, it'll be a pretty poor fair if you can't make five
times that amount in the first two days."
"Where can we see the man?" Sam asked, eager that his wonderfully good
trade should be consummated at the earliest possible opportunity.
"I don't know; but he's somewhere in the town. Give me your cash, an'
I'll hunt him up inside of half an hour. The stuff is right here in the
baggage-room, and you can ship it on the stage without any trouble."
Just for an instant Teddy hesitated to part with what seemed to him like
an enormous amount of money; but then came the thought that an old fakir
would not wrong a young one--and he considered himself such. After some
little difficulty he succeeded in extracting all the pins, and the three
notes were handed to the generous stranger almost at the same moment
that the green-covered package disappeared from the edge of the platform
simultaneously with the departure of the second stranger.
"Wait right here for me," the man said, as he put the money in his
pocket. "I've got too much work to do to spend any very great amount of
time hunting you fellows up in case you don't stay in one place."
After thus cautioning them, the old fakir walked slowly away, and Sam
said:
"It was lucky you fell in with me, Teddy, for I know how these things
are worked, an' can give you a good many pointers before the fair is
over. Why, you'll have a first-class outfit for about half what it's
worth."
"Yes, it's a good chance; but I can't see why he didn't take us with him
if he was in a hurry, an' then he wouldn't have had to come back."
"He's got to do that anyway, for his stuff is here," Sam replied,
pointing toward where he had last seen the man's package; but it was no
longer there. "I guess the baggage-master has taken it in," he added;
"but you needn't be afraid of losin' your money while I'm with you."
Then Sam occupied his companion's attention by telling of his many
alleged wonderful exploits, and an hour passed before his story was
concluded.
In the meantime one train had arrived and departed; another was on the
point of leaving the depot, bound for Peach Bottom, when Teddy cried as
he leaped to his feet:
"See! I'm certain that's the man who has got my money!"
"Where?"
"On the platform of the front car!"
Before he could say anything more the train steamed out, leaving the
would-be young fakir staring at it in distress and consternation.
"Of course it wasn't him," Sam said, confidently, when the last car
had disappeared from view. "The stuff he was goin'to buy for you is here
in the baggage-room, 'cause he said so, an' we'll see him before long."
[Illustration: "See! I'm certain that's the man who has got my money."]
Teddy's suspicions had been aroused, and he was not easily quieted. The
thought that it was possible he might have lost the money loaned him by
Uncle Nathan was sufficient to cause the liveliest fear, and he said,
decidedly:
"I'm going to know where that man's baggage went to."
"How'll you find out?"
"Ask the baggage-master."
"Don't make a fool of yourself. It would be nice for an old fakir like
that man to know you thought he'd steal your money."
"I don't care what he knows, so long as I get my fifteen dollars back."
Teddy, trembling with apprehension and excitement, went into the
baggage-room and asked there if a green-covered package had been taken
in by any of the attendants.
No one had seen such an article, and all were positive there was nothing
of the kind remaining in their charge.
Then he asked if a bundle of canes had been left there, and to this
question there was a most decided negative.
"The hangers-on at the fairs haven't begun to come yet," the
baggage-master said, "and when they do come, we sha'n't have any of
their stuff to handle, for it will all be transferred across the
platform without being brought in here. What is the matter? Anything
gone wrong?"
The lump which had been rising in Teddy's throat was now so large that
it was with difficulty he could say:
"A man has run off with fifteen dollars of mine, an' Uncle Nathan will
jest about kill me!"
CHAPTER III.
_A FRIEND._
The baggage-master immediately displayed the utmost sympathy for the
victim of the old fakir's seductive scheme, and Sam was loud in his
denunciations of a brother in the craft who would serve them in such a
shabby manner.
"You leave him to me, an' I'll show you what can be done," that young
gentleman said, and Teddy replied, reproachfully:
"I've left too much to you already. If you hadn't thought it was
necessary to make the acquaintance of every fellow who was going to the
fair I'd have my fifteen dollars in my cap now."
"I'll get them back for you."
"How?"
"I can't say jest now; but you wait an' see what I can do."
Inasmuch as Teddy must account first to his mother and afterward to
Uncle Nathan for that amount, the confident assertion of his friend
failed to give him any mental relief, and he said, quite sharply:
"You thought it was all right to give the money to him, an' if you
didn't know any more than a country boy who'd never even heard of such
fellows, I can't see how you can do much toward helping."
At this point the baggage-master, who had been listening to the
conversation, broke in with the sage remark:
"It's no use for you fellows to fight over what has been done. The money
is gone; there's no doubt about that; but it may be you can get it
back."
"How?" Teddy asked, eagerly.
"By notifying the police, and it is possible that they may find your man
long before the fair is ended."
"But even if they should, how can I pay Uncle Nathan the eighteen
dollars he wants, after givin' Deacon Jones the ten which I promised?"
"That, of course, is a question I cannot answer," the officer of the
company replied, not unkindly; "but it will certainly be better to get
some of the money back than to lose the whole."
"Of course it will," Sam said, promptly, after waiting a few seconds
without hearing any reply from Teddy. "Tell us what to do, an' I'll see
to the whole thing."
"Hello! What kind of a meeting are you holding here?" a cheery voice
cried, and, looking up, the disconsolate Teddy saw a merchant whose
stock he had been examining a short time previous.
In a few words the baggage-master explained the condition of affairs.
"Can nothing be done?" the merchant asked.
"It is barely possible. The fact of the matter is that the two swindlers
left on the last train, and this boy's money has gone with them beyond a
doubt."
Then the merchant turned to the would-be fakir and asked for further
particulars, which were readily given, the latter saying, as he finished
the sad story:
"Uncle Nathan is bound to raise a big row, an' I won't be able to help
mother, as I counted on doing; but I s'pose it serves me right."
"I'm not so sure of that, lad, for all of us are liable to be taken in
at some time or another. It is possible you may make money at the fair,
and I will give you credit to the amount you lost. Go to the store, show
this slip, and get what you think may be needed."
While speaking the merchant had been writing on a piece of paper torn
from his memorandum book, and when he handed it to Teddy the almost
heartbroken boy read the following words:
The bearer, Edward Hargreaves, is entitled to credit, thirty
days' time, on all he may need, to the extent of thirty
dollars.
JOHN REAVES.
"But I only lost fifteen dollars," Teddy said, as he read the order.
"I so understood; but you may need more, therefore I have made the
amount sufficiently large. Don't hesitate to buy what is wanted, and
whether you ever find the swindler or not, I feel very positive my bill
will be paid."
Teddy tried to thank the merchant, but that lump in his throat was still
too near his mouth to admit of many words, and Sam whispered:
"Don't say anything more about it. You've struck the biggest kind of
luck, and the safest way is to hold your tongue."
Even had it been possible to speak, Teddy could not have said all that
was in his heart, and before Sam had time to give any further advice the
merchant boarded a train which was just starting for New York, leaving
the young fakir and his newly-made friend to settle matters among
themselves.
"You're in big luck," the latter said, consolingly. "What's the
difference if you have lost fifteen dollars so long as you know how to
get thirty dollars' worth of goods to start in business?"
"But this bill will have to be paid, and Uncle Nathan must have his
money; that leaves me forty-five dollars in debt."
"S'pose'n it does? You're bound to make a good deal more'n that, an' I'm
here to help you through."
Teddy came very near saying that if Sam had not been there the fifteen
dollars would still be reposing beneath the lining of his cap; but he
succeeded in checking himself, and the reproachful words remained
unspoken.
At this point in the conversation the baggage-master insisted that
information of the swindler should be given to the police, and, whether
they desired to do so or not, the boys were forced to accompany him to
headquarters.
Here it is possible their story might have been told without exciting
more than ordinary interest if the name of the kindly-disposed merchant
had not been used; but that was sufficient to awaken a decided interest,
and every detail was written down carefully.
"We will try to get the money for you," the chief said. "Several of my
men will be at the fair, and if you see this fellow again, information
must be given to them immediately."
Teddy had but little hope that any good would result by this means, but
he promised faithfully to do as requested, and then the boys were at
liberty to finish the business which had been interrupted so
disastrously.
So much time had been wasted that it was necessary to move around very
lively in order to have the goods ready before the stage should leave,
and Teddy did a great deal toward expediting matters by explaining to
the clerk at the store on which he had the order for credit exactly
what he proposed to do.
The young man understood at once the kind of goods which would be
needed, and without listening to the many suggestions made by Sam
selected a good assortment of both knives and canes.
"Ain't you getting more than thirty dollars' worth?" Teddy asked, as the
clerk continued to add to the pile.
"I think not. These are all cheap goods, you know, and make a big show
without amounting to any very great value. I will put in cotton cloth
enough for the cane board, and as many rings as you will need unless
business should be very brisk."
The clerk was bent on making the bill exactly the size of the order, and
when the prices had been figured out Teddy had invested just thirty
dollars in a stock which must bring in a profit of at least fifty per
cent. in order to admit of his paying the debts already contracted.
The goods were to be put on the stage by the salesman, and there was
nothing further for the boys to do but decide on their manner of
traveling to the Run.
"After losin' fifteen dollars, I reckon there's only one thing for me to
do," Teddy said, as they left the store. "I'm goin'to walk; but you can
do as you please."
"S'pose'n we both ride? You're bound to make a pile of money before the
fair is over, an' can afford---- By jinks! There's that fakir now!"
In an instant Sam was off at full speed, crying: "Stop thief!" with the
full strength of his lungs, as he pursued a man carrying a bundle
covered with green cloth.
Such an appeal was well calculated to arouse every idler in the
immediate vicinity, and before Teddy fully understood what had happened
not less than twenty men and boys were in chase of the stranger, who,
strange to say, had not quickened his pace.
The thought that it might yet be possible to regain his money lent
unusual speed to the would-be fakir's heels, and he was among the
foremost when the man suddenly halted, turned squarely around, and
asked:
"What is the matter with you people? Do you want me?"
"I guess we do," a policeman replied, as he seized the stranger by the
collar. "Somebody yelled for us to stop the thief, and you must be the
man."
"Who says I am?" was the angry question.
By this time both Teddy and Sam had discovered the latter's mistake. The
only point of resemblance between this stranger and the one who stole
the money was that both carried packages covered with green cloth; but
while the first bundle was bulky and apparently heavy, this was small
and readily held under the man's arm.
Sam did not wait to explain matters. Fearing lest he might get into
serious trouble because of the mistake, he slipped quietly away, leaving
Teddy to bear the brunt of the accused's wrath.
The latter realized that something must be done at once, for the greater
portion of the crowd was looking inquiringly at him, and he said, in a
voice which was far from steady:
"I didn't do the hollerin'; but a feller who was with me when a man
stole my money thought you must be the one."
"Where is he?" the stranger asked, advancing threateningly.
"I don't know. He ran away when he saw it was a mistake."
The crowd immediately began to disperse. The policeman called down quite
the reverse of blessings on Sam's head, and then walked away, leaving
Teddy and the stranger comparatively alone.
"I don't know as it does any harm to have a lot of fools chasing a man,"
the latter said, "but it might give him a bad name in his work."
"I'm very sorry, sir, but you see----"
"I'm not blaming you, my boy, since it was the other fellow who did the
mischief. Tell me how you lost your stuff."
"My what?"
"Your stuff--money."
"Oh!" and Teddy at once gave the stranger a detailed account of all that
had happened, the latter saying, as the story was concluded:
"I wouldn't be afraid to bet my head that Long Jim was the duck who
played the trick. I know he came here, headed for the fair grounds, and
it's jest about his style of working."
"Do you think there's any chance I'll get it back?"
"He shall give up if I see him. I'll be at the fair myself, working a
neat little game, and will see you there."
With this remark the stranger walked away, and Teddy went toward the
depot once more, feeling quite certain he had made a friend who would
aid him in his new venture.
CHAPTER IV.
_UNCLE NATHAN._
When Teddy reached the depot he was not obliged to hunt very long for
Sam, for that young gentleman crept out from behind a pile of baggage on
seeing his friend was alone, and asked, in a hoarse whisper:
"What did that feller do to you?"
"Nothing; but that don't prove we should get out of another scrape so
easily, and you must be careful, or we'll be in no end of trouble before
the fair is ended."
"I was only tryin' to catch your money."
"It surely wouldn't have done any harm if you had found out whether that
was the man or not before you started the whole crowd after him."
"That's right, rub it into a feller when he tries to do you a good
turn," Sam said, sarcastically, and then remembering an instant later
that he proposed to be this boy's guest, he added, "I was only lookin'
out for you, an' so long as there's been no harm done we needn't talk
about it. Do you still mean to walk home?"
"There's nothing else to be done, if we want to get to the Run to-night,
for the stage left while we were chasing that man."
This was exactly what he did not want to do; but, under the
circumstances, there was no help for it, and the young gentleman who
expected to form such a prominent portion of the fair set out by the
side of the friend whom he had injured while thinking to do him a favor.
At the end of a trifle less than three hours, when both were footsore,
hungry, and weary, the boys arrived at Teddy's home, and Mrs. Hargreaves
made the stranger welcome despite the inconvenience caused by his
coming.
Not until after Sam had retired did Teddy tell his mother of the theft,
and for several moments the widow was in great mental distress; but
finally she viewed the matter in a more cheerful light, and it was
resolved that Uncle Nathan should not be told of the mishap.
"It would only make him angry," Mrs. Hargreaves said, "and you must pay
him before the merchant who was so kind to you gets his money; but I am
terribly afraid, Teddy, that the whole scheme will be a failure."
The amateur fakir assured her as best he could, and when they retired
that night both Teddy and his mother were in a comparatively contented
frame of mind.
The following day was Sunday, on which not even the all engrossing topic
of cane-boards and knives was to be discussed; but before the family had
finished breakfast the arrival of a stranger forced them into worldly
topics.
The newcomer was none other than the man whom Sam had accused of being
the thief, and he explained the cause of his visit by saying:
"I have reason to believe that Long Jim, the fakir who got away with
your son's money, will be over here to-night, because the hotels at
Peach Bottom are crowded, and it is possible he may be forced to give up
the stuff." Although not exactly understanding what he meant, the widow
insisted on his coming into the house, and he laid the details of his
plan before Teddy and Sam.
"I'll hang around here for him," the stranger said, "and you shall say
if he is the man who did you up; after that I'll take a hand in the
business, and it'll be queer if between us all we can't make him do the
square thing, more especially since the rest of his gang haven't come
yet."
As might be expected, Teddy was excited by the prospect of recovering
the money which he had believed was lost beyond reclaim, and plans were
at once laid to trap the dishonest fakir.
While this conversation was being carried on Uncle Nathan came in to
learn how his nephew had succeeded in town, and the stranger introduced
himself as Frank Hazelton, a dealer in jewelry, which was to be on
exhibition during the coming week at the fair.
The old man was delighted to make the stranger's acquaintance, for he
fancied there would be an opportunity for him to take the agency of a
valuable line of goods without the outlay of any money, and in a very
few moments the two were fast friends.
Uncle Nathan not only monopolized nearly all the conversation, but
insisted on showing Mr. Hazelton around the village, and actually forced
the latter to accompany him, despite the fact that it was Sunday, when
an honest merchant is not supposed to so much as think of business.
On the following day it would be necessary for those who had purchased
the privilege of doing business on the fair grounds to be present, ready
to select their different sites for working, and very shortly after the
sun sank behind the hills Sam and Teddy retired in order to be ready for
an early start next morning, since the first stage left the Run at
half-past five.
It lacked fully an hour of that time when the boys were called to
breakfast by Mrs. Hargreaves, and in less than fifteen minutes they were
at the table eating a hearty breakfast, which was interrupted by the
appearance of Uncle Nathan, who looked as if he had not been in bed
since the evening previous.
"I've been robbed!" he cried, passionately, "and this is what comes of
trying to help my nephew enter a disreputable line of business. I
believe you induced that man to come here, explaining all about my
store, simply that he might act the burglar. And it wouldn't take much
to make me think you had agreed to divide with him the ill-gotten
gains," he added, shaking his fist in the direction of Teddy, who was so
astounded by the news as to be literally incapable of movement.
"What do you mean, Nathan?" Mrs. Hargreaves cried.
"Just what I said! My store was robbed last night, and your precious son
knows the thief better than I do!"
"You mean the man who came here yesterday?" the widow asked, while Teddy
and Sam gazed at the old man in open-mouthed astonishment.
"Of course I do; who else could it be? Didn't I take him over there
yesterday, and didn't I explain just how difficult it was to deposit
money in a bank, because a man would have to pay a dollar to go to
Waterville an' back, or trust the stage driver to do the business?"
By this time Teddy had recovered something like composure, and he said,
gravely:
"We have no means of knowing what you said to Mr. Hazelton, but if you
told him all your business, that is no concern of ours. You insisted on
his going away with you, and we haven't seen him since."
"But you lied to me about my money."
"In what way?"
"You never said a word about its being stolen."
"If I never said a word I couldn't have told a lie. He has evidently
given the whole story; but what happened in Waterville has nothing to do
with the robbery of your store."
"Oh, it hasn't, eh? Well, I'm beginning to think it was a job cooked up
by all hands to get the best of me."
"If it had been," and now Teddy was on his feet, looking the angry old
man squarely in the face, "why wouldn't I have said something about it
in order to make the story seem straighter? A merchant in Waterville
trusted me for the goods I wanted after he heard the money was gone, and
I count on paying you before I do him."
"Oh, you do, eh? Well, it's mighty doubtful whether you or this precious
friend of yours will ever see the fair, for I'm going to get out a
warrant for the whole lot before I'm done with this thing."
"Would you arrest Teddy when he has been in this house ever since you
left here yesterday morning?" Mrs. Hargreaves cried.
"I'll have my money back, and the sooner your smart son tells me where
it is, the sooner he can go about his business; but he must first pay me
back my eighteen dollars."
"I only borrowed fifteen, Uncle Nathan, and that you will get before
next Wednesday. If you want to arrest me, go ahead; but I promise that
you'll be sorry for it."
"So you threaten, do you? That's what comes of trying to help an
ungrateful boy! I knew he was going to the bad from the first minute he
talked about having a cane-board," the old man added, as he turned to
the widow, "and I predict that he'll come to no good even if he manages
to get out of this scrape."
"You thought it was a good idea for me to do as I proposed," Teddy
replied, standing his ground bravely, "and was willing to loan me the
money, provided I would pay you three dollars for the use of fifteen for
one week."
"That's right; throw in my teeth what I wanted to do in order to help
you along, and call me an old skinflint. I am old enough to expect such
things from such as you."
"I haven't called you any names, nor do I intend to do so; I only wanted
mother to know the truth of the business between us. Do you really
believe I had any hand in breaking into your store?"
"If you didn't your friends did, and that amounts to the same thing, as
you'll soon find out. I'll have a warrant issued for the arrest of the
whole crowd, if you don't tell me the truth this very minute."
"But I don't know anything, Uncle Nathan."
"I'll have the truth out of you before the day is ended," the old man
cried, angrily, and without saying or doing anything save to shake his
fist in the direction of his nephew and Sam he left the house.
As yet none of the little party knew the full extent of what had
happened, but before Uncle Nathan was fairly out of the yard a neighbor
came around to tell Mrs. Hargreaves that the old man's store had been
entered by burglars on the night previous, and a large amount of money,
together with the most valuable goods, had been carried away.
It is not difficult to imagine the consternation which seized upon the
little party after Uncle Nathan's departure. Teddy was so overwhelmed
that it was literally impossible for him to say a word, and Sam shook
like one in an ague fit at the thought that he might be carried off to
jail before it was possible for him to astonish the people by his skill
as an oarsman.
"You must not think of leaving here until we know what your uncle
proposes to do," Mrs. Hargreaves said, as she returned to the
dining-room after talking with the neighbor. "Of course I know that
neither of you two boys had anything to do with the robbery; but you
must not run away."
"I've got to leave, no matter what the old fool says," Sam replied. "I
don't know how the folks would get along if I didn't show up, an' it
won't do to disappoint them."
"Are you going?" Teddy asked, and Sam replied in a voice which trembled
despite all his efforts to make it sound firm:
"Of course I am. You don't allow I'm such an idiot as to stay till he
can have me arrested, an' if you're sensible, both of us will go."
"I must stay here, an' lose all my chances of making money," Teddy said,
gloomily.
"All right, then I'm off, an' after I once get on the fair grounds I'll
bet that old duffer won't get hold of me."
Sam did not propose to lose any time. He had no baggage, and in a very
few moments after so deciding he was walking up the road over which the
stage would pass, while Teddy, with a heavier heart than he had ever
known before, waited for his uncle to send the officers of the law to
carry him to prison.
CHAPTER V.
_THE FAIR._
It seemed to Teddy as if everything pleasant in life had departed from
him as he waited for the return of Uncle Nathan accompanied by the
officers of the law, and neither he nor his mother had any idea that the
visit would be long delayed.
The widow had every proof, even if her heart had not told the truth,
that her son was innocent of the charge which the angry old man made.
She knew both he and Sam remained in the house during the entire day
previous to the robbery, and it would have been almost impossible for
them to have left during the night without her knowledge; but at the
same time it was only reasonable she should be distressed in mind as to
the final outcome of the matter.
One, two, three hours passed, and yet no arrest had been made.
Teddy no longer hoped to play the part of fakir at the fair; but yet he
fancied it might be possible to sell his stock, which had already been
forwarded by the stage, to some more fortunate fellow, and in order to
do this it was necessary he should be on the grounds at the earliest
possible hour; but the charge made by his uncle held him a voluntary
prisoner.
At eight o'clock a neighbor, whose love of gossip was greater than her
desire for housework, came to the garden gate to say that she had just
heard the justice of the peace refuse to issue a warrant for either of
the boys, and she added to this information her belief that it, the
burglary, was a judgment upon Uncle Nathan for presuming to talk
business on the Sabbath.
When this busybody had departed, Mrs. Hargreaves said, as she re-entered
the house:
"There is no longer any reason, Teddy, why you shouldn't carry out your
plans. Every one in this village knows where to find you in case a
warrant is granted, which doesn't now seem possible, and it is better to
go ahead as you proposed, knowing that your mother is certain you are
innocent of any wrongdoing."
Teddy's one desire had been to be on the fair grounds, and when this
advice was given from "a fellow's best friend," he started at once,
saying as he left the house:
"I'll come back if there's nothing to do; but there's no reason to worry
if you don't see me until Saturday, for I shall stay jest as long as
things run smooth."
Ten minutes later, while he was trudging along the dusty road with no
other idea than that he would be forced to walk the entire distance, a
friend in a wagon overtook him, proposed that he ride, and before the
fair grounds were reached he had heard all the particulars of the
robbery.
It appeared that the burglars must have effected an entrance to Uncle
Nathan's store after midnight Saturday, and when the proprietor arrived
on the following morning there was absolutely no clue to the thieves.
"They must have had a wagon to take away all the old man says he has
lost," Teddy's informant added, as the story was concluded, "and because
of that the justice refused to issue a warrant for the man who slept at
the hotel last night. Of course the idea that you knew anything about it
was all in that old fool's eye."
"Then nobody has been arrested?" Teddy exclaimed, in surprise.
"Of course not, an' more than one in town hopes he'll never see hide nor
hair of his goods or money; but between you an' me I don't believe he's
lost half as much as he tries to make out."
To this last assertion Teddy gave but little heed; the all absorbing
thought in his mind was as to whether he would actually be arrested for
the crime, and this was sufficient to prevent any speculations as to
the amount of loss, or his former dreams of the future.
Arriving at the fair grounds, he found everything in a state of
confusion. Goods were arriving and being put in place; men were
quarreling for this or that vantage ground, and carpenters were busy in
every direction.
As a matter of course, he knew that all this would be changed on the
following day when the visitors began to arrive; but, nevertheless, it
gave him a homesick feeling which he could not suppress, and, for a
time, prevented him from attending to his own interests.
"Hello! What are you sittin' there for?" a voice cried, after he had
remained inactive near the entrance nearly an hour, debating in his own
mind whether or not it would be worth the while to unpack the goods
which he knew were awaiting his call somewhere on the grounds.
Looking up quickly he saw Sam, self-possessed and jaunty as at the first
moment he met him in Waterville, but wearing an air of considerably more
importance.
"Have you gone to work yet?" he asked, listlessly.
"Of course not; there's nothin' for me to do till the folks begin to
come in to see how well I can row a boat. What did the old duffer do?"
"Do you mean Uncle Nathan?"
"Of course."
"He hasn't had anybody arrested yet; but there's no knowin' how soon
he'll begin."
"He'd better not try it on me," Sam said, with an assumption of
boldness. "I've found a feller here that's goin' to show off rifles, an'
I can borrow as many as I want if he does any funny business."
"Would you shoot anybody?"
"You jest stay till an old lunatic comes along sayin' I've helped to rob
him when your mother knows where I was, an' see what I'll do," Sam
replied, in a really bloodthirsty tone as he turned to walk away, and
then, as if reconsidering the matter, he stopped long enough to say,
"Wait here a minute, an' I'll show you a feller what knows a thing or
two."
Inasmuch as Teddy had no idea of moving from the position he had taken
up near the gate it was not irksome to do as the exhibitor of boats
requested, and without troubling his head as to who this very important
person might be, he remained at the precise spot until Sam returned with
a boy who appeared to be a year or two older than himself.
"This is Dan Summers, an' he's here to help show off a dandy rifle made
in Chicopee Falls down in Massachusetts, or some such place. He'll help
us out of the scrape if anybody can."
Dan looked as if this introduction was disagreeable to him rather than
otherwise, and after nodding to Teddy, he said, in an explanatory tone:
"I'm here to help the man what exhibits goods from the Stevens Arms
Company, that's all; but I don't see how I could be of any help if you
fellers have got in a fuss."
"Neither do I," Teddy replied, and then to show that no one could aid
him, he told the whole story, including all that Uncle Nathan had said.
"I wouldn't let that worry me," Dan said, philosophically, when the tale
was ended. "If you want to make any money out of this fair it is time
you was lookin' out for a stand, an' I know of the best place on the
grounds. Come with me now, an' you can get it before the crowd of fakirs
have a chance to take it up."
Teddy, rather liking the appearance of this boy, resolved to follow his
advice, and signified the same by slipping down from the stack of
exhibits, as he said:
"Show it to me an' I'll get right to work, for there's forty-five
dollars I've got to pay back, no matter what Uncle Nathan makes up his
mind to do."
"That's the way to talk," Sam cried, approvingly, and forthwith he
proceeded to take charge of his two acquaintances, resolved that lack of
energy should not prevent him from sharing in their triumphs, if indeed,
they had any.
Dan professed to have had considerable experience with fairs, and the
manner in which he proceeded to work showed that there had been no
boasting on his part. He selected a spot where nearly all of the
visitors would be forced to pass in order to see the cattle or the
racing, and set about putting up a stand for Teddy in the most approved
manner.
He ordered Sam here and there to such places as he had seen an
accumulation of lumber, and so well did he work, after borrowing an ax
and a hatchet from a "candy butcher," that it was not yet noon when
Teddy had an inclosure sufficiently large for his purpose; the cloth was
in place and the holes cut for the canes, so that it would be but the
work of a few moments to make everything ready when business should
begin.
"You can't do the whole thing yourself if there is anything like the
crowd that ought to come," Dan said, "and I advise you to hire a clerk."
"Where'll I find one?" Teddy asked, helplessly.
"Take some of the fellers from your own village; but be sure they're
honest, for after business begins there won't be any chance to watch
'em."
Teddy thought he could find the proper party before the following day,
and then came the question of where they were to sleep.
"I've got that all fixed," Sam said, confidently.
"The man what runs the museum in that big tent is a friend of mine, an'
he won't say a word if we stay under the canvas to-night."
"How long have you known him?" Teddy asked, warned by previous
experience that Sam's statements were not always to be depended upon.
"I never saw him till this morning; but that don't make no difference so
long as he's willin' for us to stay there."
"We'll go over an' look around," Dan said, leading the way, and to the
surprise of at least one of the party it was found that Master Sam's
statement was absolutely correct.
The proprietor of the museum was more than willing to allow the boys to
sleep under his canvas, for the very good reason that they would act as
sentinels in lieu of those he had neglected to hire, and all three went
away in search of a place where they could obtain meals during the
expected five days of excitement and money-making.
This was even a more simple matter than the first. At a boarding-house
nearly opposite the main entrance to the grounds they could be
accommodated at a reasonable rate, and the preliminaries had been
settled. It only remained now to welcome the visitors, and get from them
as much money as possible.
Teddy almost forgot the terrible fact that his Uncle Nathan might yet
have him arrested, and Sam acted as if such a thing had never been
possible.
It is true all three of the boys discussed the possibility of finding
the money which had been stolen from Teddy; but neither thought of
connecting the two crimes as the work of one person.
During the afternoon Teddy looked around in the hope of seeing the man,
unjustly accused of the theft, who had promised to aid him; but as yet
he had not put in an appearance, and it seemed as if all the choice
places would be taken before he arrived.
It was anything rather than sport to wander around the almost deserted
grounds, and at an early hour, after partaking of a remarkably poor
supper, the three boys sought the seclusion granted by the mildewed
canvas of the alleged museum of the "world's wonders."
A goat, a wax baby, two or three snakes, an alligator, and a
contortionist, who was none other than the proprietor of this
magnificent array of "marvels," made up the entire list of curiosities;
but the tent would shelter the young fakirs from the wind and dew, and
it was possible they might sleep as soundly as at home.
CHAPTER VI.
_A CLUE._
Sam and Dan, who had worked at many fairs and been forced to sleep in
far less desirable places, thought it was a rare piece of good fortune
to get such comfortable quarters free; but the prospect of lying on the
ground all night was far from pleasing to Teddy.
He looked around for some spot softer than another; but there was no
choice, and he said to himself:
"There's one satisfaction about it, I'm better off on the ground than I
would have been if Uncle Nathan had succeeded in having me arrested and
put in jail."
This thought caused the interior of the tent to seem less disagreeable,
and he almost persuaded himself that it would be sport to stay all night
in a museum with a real contortionist as host.
Dan had thrown himself at full length on the ground where he could watch
the proprietor of this "enormous exhibition" cook his supper on an
oil-stove, and Sam, anxious about other people's affairs as usual,
devoted his entire time to asking questions regarding the business.
"How do you count on gettin' along when the crowds get here? You can't
sell tickets an' act too."
"I've got a barker an' a clown coming to-morrow; it was no use to pay
'em wages for layin' around when there was nothing to be done but put up
the tent."
"What's a 'barker?'" Sam asked, in surprise.
"Why, the man who stands outside an' does the talking, of course."
Then, his supper having been cooked and eaten, the host amused himself
and his guests by telling of his experience in the show business;
relating stories and talking of the different fakirs he had met.
"When I started out," he said, "I made up my mind that a fortune could
be made in one season. I bought a fine tent; had lots of performers,
about twenty animals, and a dozen cases of stuffed birds and other
curiosities. We struck hard luck from the sendoff, an' first the woman
with an iron jaw gave me the shake because she got tired of waiting for
the salary that never came. Two of the bears grew so disgusted with the
bad business that they died, and one after another of the people
skipped, till I was pretty nigh alone. A sheriff in Harmer seized the
cases, another levied on my live stock, and it has only taken two
seasons to bring the show down to where you see it."
This was not pleasing information for Teddy, who was obliged to make
such a large amount of money in order to free himself from debt, and he
asked:
"Isn't it possible to make money at every fair? I thought the fakirs got
rich in a little while."
"So did I before I went into the business. A fellow may make a big stake
this week and lose it all at the next stand. If you strike bad weather,
or a crowd that hasn't got any money, it's up-hill work to pull in the
entrance fee. Now, I have to pay a hundred dollars for this privilege,
because I've got a big tent, and it wouldn't be any more if I had a show
to compare with it in size. It'll take a good many ten-cent pieces to
make that up."
This plain statement of facts caused Teddy to figure how many nickels he
must receive before the capital invested and stolen would be returned,
and the result was far from gratifying.
"The eighteen dollars which must be given to Uncle Nathan, the thirty I
owe in Waterville, and ten I paid for the privilege of running the
boards makes eleven hundred and sixty five-cent pieces. I'll never see
so many customers as that, and Aunt Sarah was right when she called me a
fool for thinking of going into the business," he said to himself, as
his companions began to make their preparations for the night.
It is useless to "cry over spilled milk," however, and this he realized
in time to prevent himself from being plunged into the lowest depths of
despondency. It was barely possible business would be exceptionally
good, he argued mentally, and if hard work could accomplish the desired
result he must be successful.
Dan was already lying down with his head toward the side of the tent and
his feet near the oil-stove, which had been left burning because of the
dampness, and Teddy crawled over by the side of him. Sam had decided to
sleep by the side of his host, probably with the idea that he might
appear to be on terms of greater intimacy, and all hands gave themselves
up to slumber.
The excitement of the morning and subsequent labor had so tried Teddy
that, despite the hardness of his bed, he fell asleep in a very few
moments, and it was not yet nine o'clock when all the inmates of the
tent, save the goat, and possibly the alligator and snakes, were wrapped
in blissful unconsciousness.
Half an hour later a terrific yell from Sam caused the remainder of the
party to spring to their feet in alarm.
"What's the matter?" Dan cried.
"Somebody has got into the tent and been poundin' me with a club! I'm
pretty near killed."
The faint glow cast by the oil-stove was not sufficient to illumine any
portion of the tent, and the host made all haste to light a lantern,
after which Dan proceeded to search for the supposed intruder; but
before he had taken a dozen steps the proprietor of the museum burst
into a hearty laugh.
"Funny, ain't it?" Sam cried, angrily. "I s'pose you'd laugh if I'd been
killed in your old tent!"
This savage remark appeared to excite the man's mirth rather than check
it, and while he was thus enjoying himself Teddy and Dan stood gazing at
him in surprise.
It was several minutes before the man could speak, and then he said, as
he pointed to the goat who stood a short distance away calmly munching
some potato parings:
"That's the fellow who has been beating your friend with a club. I
always let him loose at night, and he has walked over our dying boy."
Sam insisted that he had been beaten with a club; but on examining his
clothing two spots of fresh earth were found, showing where the animal
had stepped. A hoof-print on the sleeve and another directly on the
breast of his coat comprised the full amount of damage done.
The boy who had believed himself so dangerously wounded now grew angry,
and, leaping to his feet, declared he would not remain in the tent
another minute unless the goat was tied.
"There's nothing to prevent your bunking somewhere else," the owner of
the animal replied, quite sharply.
"Billy always has had the liberty of the tent at night, and I reckon he
won't lose it now."
Sam started toward the entrance; but before reaching it he realized that
he would be punishing no one but himself, and slowly turned back, saying
as he approached the stove:
"It's too late to hunt for lodgings now, an' I s'pose I'll have to make
the best of it."
"I guess you will," the host replied, quietly, and the angry Sam lay
down on the seat of the baggage wagon, to insure himself against another
visit from "Billy."
This incident had driven the desire for sleep from the eyelids of Teddy
and Dan, and they remained awake some time after the loud breathing of
their companions told that the visit from the goat had been temporarily
effaced from their minds.
Now Teddy discovered what a hard, uncomfortable bed the bare earth was,
and after tossing about for half an hour, he whispered to Dan:
"Do you suppose it would be any better in the wagon?"
"No; you'll get used to it in a little while, and the ground is softer
than a board."
Teddy was about to reply when the sound of voices from the outside
attracted his attention, and then came the crackle as of a match being
lighted.
Two or more men had halted near the canvas within a few feet of where
the boys were lying, evidently that they might be sheltered from the
wind while getting their pipes or cigars in working order.
A moment later both the listeners heard one of the newcomers say:
"I don't think it will be safe for you to show up very much while we
stay here."
"Why not? If them boys recognize me it will be an easy matter to
frighten 'em into holdin' their tongues, and there's goin' to be good
pickin's this week."
"But what's the use of runnin' any risk? We've made a fairly good haul
already, an' it's better to get safe off with that than stick our noses
where it'll be hard work to pull them back."
Teddy was in the highest possible excitement. In the tone of the second
speaker's voice he recognized the man who had stolen his money, and he
punched Dan with his elbow to assure himself that the latter was
listening.
"Keep quiet," Dan whispered, and then the conversation on the outside
was continued.
"I'll take good care to keep shady, an' you see what can be done
to-morrow."
[Illustration: The boys crept through the flap of the tent and followed
the two men.]
"Will you promise not to leave the house till after dark?"
"I thought you had more nerve; but so long as you haven't I reckon I'll
promise, for this is bound to be a fat thing, and I don't want to lose
the whole of it.
"When these country jays begin to send their stuff home I'll have ours
shipped, an' there's little danger it'll be overhauled, more especially
since the old man couldn't get a warrant for the only one he suspects.
It's a safe bet that Hazelton has a pretty good idea who did the job,
an' if they make trouble for him he'll most likely tell what he thinks."
"There's no call to be afraid of him after he has worked a couple of
days, for those he ropes in would do all they could to have him
arrested."
The last portion of this remark was almost indistinguishable, owing to
the fact that the men were walking away, and when the sound of their
footsteps could no longer be heard Teddy said:
"Those are the men who robbed Uncle Nathan's store, an' I'm certain one
of them got my money."
"Would you know their voices if you heard them again?"
"Sure; but why don't we find out where they are going? It wouldn't be a
hard job."
"Are you willin' to sneak after them?"
"Of course I am. Come on!"
The boys arose softly and crept through the flap of the tent without
awakening the sleepers.
The night was dark and cloudy, and it was impossible to see any very
great distance in either direction; but Dan had taken especial heed to
the course taken by the men, and he started off without hesitation.
"We ought to have a club or something to protect ourselves in case they
should see us," Teddy whispered.
"We won't get near enough to let them do much mischief. Do you see two
sparks over there? They are the lighted ends of cigars, an' our men are
behind them."
Dan quickened his pace; but he had failed to calculate the distance
correctly, and was much nearer the game than he had suspected.
"Be careful they don't see us," he said, in a low tone, and in another
instant the boys were directly in front of the men.
Teddy started back in alarm; but he was too late. In an instant the
sparks flashed before his eyes, and he fell to the ground unconscious
just as Dan succeeded in warding off the blow of a fist which was aimed
at him.
CHAPTER VII.
_THE CLERK._
When Teddy recovered from the vicious blow which had rendered him
unconscious he saw Dan lying on the ground beside him, but no one else
was near.
It was as if they had been fighting with phantoms of the brain, save for
the fact that both bore the most indisputable signs of having been
assaulted by beings of true flesh and blood.
One of Dan's eyes was closed as if by a violent blow, and Teddy bled
freely from the ear, the crimson fluid telling eloquently of the exact
location of that superior force which had caused so many stars to dance
before his mental vision.
"We got through with that part of it mighty quick," Dan said, ruefully,
as he rose to his feet. "There wasn't anything slow about the way they
struck out after we made fools of ourselves by running into them, eh?"
"I don't understand how it all happened. It wasn't more than three
seconds from the time I first saw them before there was a regular set
of fireworks dancing in front of my eyes."
"It so happens that they saw us first," Dan replied, as he rubbed his
head. "Those men were the thieves, and what I said showed them that we
were on the scent."
"Where are they now?"
"You'll have to ask that question of someone else," Dan said, with a
grimace of pain. "The last thing I know was when the tall fellow landed
one square on my nose, and before I recovered both were out of sight. We
have done harm rather than good, for now they know we overheard the
conversation, an' we'll be mighty lucky if this is all we get before the
fair comes to an end."
"Suppose we tell the police now?"
"What can you say to them? We heard those men talking about something
which may have had nothing to do with the robbery, and want to have them
arrested. On what grounds will we ask for a warrant? Besides, if Nathan
Hargreaves was my uncle, I would let him fight his own battles."
"But I owe him eighteen dollars."
"What of that? He wouldn't take a penny off if you got your head broke
while trying to find his money, and after all that has happened I think
we have good reason to let him severely alone."
"I'm willing to go back to the tent," Teddy said, as he began to feel
faint, and Dan aided him during the short walk, both staggering as they
came through the flap, meeting their host near the entrance, who asked,
sharply:
"What has been going on? I counted on helping a party of boys, rather
than giving my tent up to a lot of roughs, as you appear to be."
In the fewest possible words Dan explained what had happened, and in
addition told all the story of Teddy's losing his money, together with
the accusation made by Uncle Nathan.
"I'm sorry I said a word," and the proprietor of the museum did really
appear to be grieved. "It makes no difference whether you got a whipping
or not, the guilty parties are here, and you can count on my help in
turning them up."
"That's what I'm afraid we sha'n't be able to do," Teddy replied; "we
tried our best to-night, and got the worst of it."
"There is plenty of time between now and Saturday. I'll do all any man
can, an' it'll be strange if we don't get some proof before the fair
closes."
"How did you know we were out?" Dan asked.
"I saw you go, and there was no reason why I should kick; but I began to
be afraid you were up to something crooked. Now I know the whole story,
I'll do my best to help you out of the scrape. Go to sleep, and we'll
talk the whole matter over in the morning."
This was good advice, but not easily followed. Both the boys began to
feel the effects of the blows received from the thieves, and the pain
resulting therefrom was not conducive to repose.
They did manage to close their eyes in slumber now and then, however,
and when the day broke Mr. Sweet, the proprietor of the museum, was
standing ready to minister to their necessities.
"You haven't got exactly the right kind of faces to bring very big
business," he said, cheerily; "but I reckon we can make a change in the
general appearance. Use this plentifully as a bath, and before business
opens you'll be respectable members of society."
It was certainly necessary for them to do something toward improving
their appearance. Teddy's ear was swollen to nearly twice its natural
size, and Dan had an eye which was rapidly blackening.
Thanks to the application provided by the owner of the museum, these
evidences of a fight were rapidly reduced, and when Sam awoke they
looked little the worse for wear, although he readily discovered that
something serious had happened while he was wrapped in slumber.
"What has been goin' on?" he asked, suspiciously.
"Nothing much," Dan replied, with a forced laugh. "The goat walked over
us, and we're kinder used up, that's all. Are you ready to go to
breakfast?"
It was evident that Sam did not believe this explanation, but since he
said nothing more about it, the two actors in the previous night's
adventures held their peace; therefore it would not be in his power to
betray any secrets.
Breakfast was eaten at an early hour, and the young fakirs returned to
the grounds in time for Teddy to meet the first visitors.
Under Dan's instructions he continued to cry out:
"Here's where you can get a cane or a knife for nothing! Three rings for
five cents, and every time you throw it over the mark you get what you
ring! Three for five, and every cane or knife you ring is yours!"
It was yet too early for the exhibits to be opened, therefore Teddy had
the assistance of his friends in reclaiming the rings thrown, and after
nearly four dollars had been taken in with a loss only of a ten cent
cane, the amateur fakir began to understand that it would be necessary
for him to have a clerk.
"You're bound to do a good business this week," Dan said, at about eight
o'clock. "Sam and I must go now to attend to our own work, an' if you
see some fellow who can be trusted, I advise you to hire him, or
there'll be considerable trade lost, for when these people want to spend
their money they won't wait for you to hunt up assistants."
"Yes, I reckon there's more'n a thousand who are jest aching to see how
I can row in one of them dandy boats," Master Sam added; "but if you get
into any kind of a scrape, an' don't know how to get out, come to me.
I'll see you through, no matter how good business is."
These two friends and advisers had hardly left him when a particular
chum from the Run came up, and knowing he could be trusted, Teddy
immediately made a trade for his services.
Tim Jones accepted the offer of ten cents on each dollar which might be
taken in, and straightway engaged himself as Teddy's clerk, promising
faithfully to account for every penny he should receive.
"I know you are honest," the proprietor of the board said to his friend,
"and I want you to help me on the square, so I'm willing to give a fair
price, for I may have to be away a good deal of the time."
"You mean that Nathan Hargreaves is goin' to have you arrested?"
"Why do you say that?"
"Because he's tellin' around town at the Run that you know who robbed
his store, an' says he'll have a warrant out, if he has to go to
Waterville for it."
"That is where he's making a great big mistake, Tim; but if he should do
anything of the kind I expect you to do your best here," and Teddy spoke
very solemnly, for he really believed his uncle would succeed in having
him arrested. "I don't know positively who broke into his store; but Dan
an' I heard enough last night to make us believe we can find the thieves
if we have time to work it out."
"I'd let him hustle to get the stuff, if it was my pudding," Tim replied
with emphasis, and then as a party of young fellows bent on spending
money approached the board he began to cry, as lustily as might have
been expected from any old fakir:
"Here's where you get 'em, three rings for a nickel, and every cane or
knife you ring is yours; all for the small sum of five cents!"
Convinced that he had a capable clerk, who was willing to work hard in
order to earn an additional percentage, Teddy contented himself with
making change for the rush of customers, which continued unabated until
nearly ten o'clock and then came a lull, when he was able to watch the
other fakirs around him.
Up to this point business had continued in the most promising manner,
and if it held out as well there would be no difficulty in his paying
all the money he owed, even although there might be no very large
profit.
"I only want to get out square," he said to himself, while nursing his
injured ear; but this experience led him to believe it was possible to
do very much toward helping his mother, and already had he begun to
dream of large returns, despite the fifteen dollars out of which he had
been swindled.
It was just when his customers had gone to other parts of the ground,
and after Teddy had figured up the amount of money taken in, showing
that there was nearly eight dollars in the treasury with an offset only
of one twenty-cent knife and two ten-cent canes lost, that the young
fakir saw Hazelton standing some distance away beckoning to him.
"Look out sharp for things, Tim," he cried, as he vaulted over the
railing and ran to the side of the man whom he believed to be a friend.
"Did anything happen last night?" the latter asked.
Teddy told him the whole story, keeping back not one incident.
"I heard quite so much in the hotel where I board. It is Long Jim and
his partner who have done the job of which both you and I are accused.
As for your uncle, he isn't worth a minute's thought; but I'm going to
get to work, an' what he says may go against me, so you and I must turn
those fellows up if we can."
"Ain't your business honest?" Teddy asked, in surprise.
"Well, when we come right down to dots, I don't suppose it is. Watch me
when I leave here, and you'll have a chance to judge for yourself. I
may want to leave my satchel with you for a while, and I reckon you're
willing to take care of it?"
"Of course I am. I'll do anything you ask."
"Better wait and see the game first, but don't forget that we've got to
turn up the two men who whipped you and your friend last night, or stand
the chance of being hauled up for the robbery ourselves."
"Did you say anything to Uncle Nathan to make him think you would break
into his store?"
"No; I only played him for a jay, as you shall see me do with two or
three hundred of these smart fellows here, and he jumped down on me
because there was no one else on whom to fasten the crime. I've got to
go, now. Don't forget to hurry back to your cane-board when you see I'm
getting through with my first stand, for I want to leave my stuff with
somebody whom I can trust."
CHAPTER VIII.
_THE JEWELRY FAKIR._
Teddy's curiosity regarding the kind of business which Hazelton proposed
to do was so great that, for the time being, he forgot his own venture
in watching this supposed friend.
The jewelry fakir disappeared amid the crowd for a few moments,
reappearing in a carriage drawn by a fancifully decorated horse, and the
gaudy trappings caused the sightseers to stop, believing something
interesting or curious was to be seen.
Hazelton introduced himself as an agent for a large manufacturing
company, and proposed to dispose of "samples" of their goods in a manner
which would be satisfactory to all. He began by throwing away great
numbers of cheap rings made to imitate gold, and as the boys scrambled
for them he complained that the older members of the throng--those
people whom he particularly wished should test the merits of his
wares--were getting nothing.
"I can change that," he said, after hesitating a moment, as if to devise
some plan. Then holding up half a dozen pairs of cuff-buttons, he
continued: "I am allowed to give away only six of these. What gentleman
will advance twenty-five cents for one of these sets, knowing the money
will be returned to him? By that means I shall place the goods where
they will do the most good."
In a short time the necessary number of purchasers was found, each
having paid a quarter of a dollar, and then, with great ostentation, the
fakir returned to every one the money he had given.
A similar performance was gone through with in the case of ten seal
rings, and by that time the crowd were in a state of high excitement,
for they were getting supposedly valuable goods by simply loaning this
agent their money for a short time.
The fakir then held up a lot of watch-chains, asking who would give him
a dollar for one, but in this instance he made no mention of returning
the money.
Believing these also were to be given away, every man scrambled to pass
up his dollar before the supply should be exhausted, and fully two
hundred dollars was taken in by the generous "agent." Then, as the
demand ceased, Hazelton produced from his valise what appeared to be a
heavy gold watch.
Wrapping it in paper, and attaching it to a chain, he cried:
"Who wants to take another, and receive as a present what I have
fastened to the end of it; but on the condition that this paper shall
not be removed until I give permission?"
A young fellow standing near Teddy made all possible haste to pass the
fakir a dollar and receive the prize.
Then the remainder of the crowd clamored for more to be put up in the
same manner, and Hazelton disposed of at least a hundred before the
clamorous throng could be appeased.
While this was being done Teddy saw the young fellow slyly remove the
paper and examine his goods. A look of anger and disappointment
overspread his face as a cheap, empty locket, fashioned on the outside
something like the case of a watch, was revealed to view. Twenty cents
would have been an extravagantly high price for what he had paid a
dollar; but it was possible the agent would return the money as he had
done in the previous cases, and the victimized fellow held his peace.
Hazelton was now ready to take a hurried departure. No more dollars were
passed up, and quickly seizing the reins, he said:
"I have not represented these goods to be gold; but they are a fine
imitation, and Mr. Nathan Hargreaves, of Peach Bottom Run, will probably
act as my agent for the sale of them. You can get what may be wanted
from him if you need any more."
The last words were hardly spoken before he drove quickly through the
throng, leaving his dupes in a daze, from which they did not recover
until he was lost to view.
Now Teddy understood what the "Give-Away" game was, and he also knew
that it was far from being honest, although Hazelton had really made no
promises which he did not fulfill.
Some of the victims were angry, and vowed to flog "that feller within an
inch of his life" before sunset; others bore their loss philosophically,
and turned away with the remark that the fakir was "a cute one," while
the majority hastened off lest they should be suspected of being
victims.
Teddy returned to his cane-board feeling sad because he had been so
mistaken in this particular man, and had hardly reached there when
Hazelton, on foot, came from the side of the fair grounds opposite where
he had disappeared, saying hurriedly, as he handed the boy a black
satchel somewhat resembling a sample case:
"Look out for this! All my money is in it."
Without waiting for an answer the man was gone, and the young fakir was
in no slight distress at being the custodian of so much wealth.
After considerable discussion with Tim he decided to leave it behind the
cane-board where it would be screened from view, and then a crowd of
customers suddenly appearing, he was so busy during the next half hour
that he hardly had time to think of that which had been intrusted to his
keeping.
Not until trade grew dull once more did Hazelton appear, looking
decidedly well pleased with himself, and, standing where the passers-by
could not hear, he asked:
"Well, what do you think of the give-away game now?"
"It looks to me like a swindle," Teddy replied, bluntly. "The things you
sold were not worth half what you got for them."
"Six cents apiece for the chains, and five for the lockets is what I pay
by the quantity," the fakir said, with a laugh.
"But you made the people think they were getting real watches."
"I was mighty careful to say nothing of the kind. They thought they saw
a watch, and I told them I would make each purchaser a present of what
was on the chain. Their idea was to get the best of me, and in that I
didn't lose very much. It's a case of setting a thief to catch a thief,
and the smartest man comes out ahead."
"But why did you leave all the money with me?"
"Because it sometimes happens that my customers make a kick, and try to
get back their stuff by force, so I don't carry much cash in my pockets
while I am on the fair grounds."
"Of course you are all through now. You can't expect to do the same
thing over again."
"That's exactly what I shall do in about an hour, only in a different
portion of the inclosure, and you'll see that I can catch just as many
suckers as before."
Then, in order to be rid of the satchel, for it seemed as if he was
really concerned in the swindle so long as it remained in his keeping,
Teddy said he wanted to see what Dan and Sam were doing.
"Go ahead; I'll stay near by where I can keep an eye on the stuff, so
you needn't let that worry you."
As a matter of fact, the boy was not eager to leave his place of
business; but having said so, it was necessary to go, or let Hazelton
understand exactly why the remark had been made.
Cautioning Tim to "keep his eyes open for trade," he walked across the
grounds to the building where Dan was employed, and found that young
gentleman displaying the good qualities of a peculiar-looking weapon.
"This is the Model Pocket Rifle," Dan was saying to a party of
gentlemen. "The shoulder-rest is detachable, and you can buy an
effective weapon for a trifle over fifteen dollars, as---- Hello, Teddy,
how's business?" he added, suddenly, on observing his friend, and the
two had an opportunity for conversation, while the curious ones were
examining the rifle.
Teddy gave a brief account of what had already been done, and then
asked:
"Can't you get off a few minutes and go with me to see what Sam is
doing?"
It was not difficult for Dan to get a short leave of absence, and the
two went directly to the creek where their acquaintance, who proposed to
make himself the central figure of the fair, was rowing around in a
jaunty looking craft.
Sam wore a sailor's shirt, turned away at the throat, and tied with a
black silk handkerchief, while on the breast of the garment was worked
the name "Davis Boat and Oar Co., Detroit, Mich." The same legend being
printed in gold on the band of his straw hat.
Sam had evidently been expecting his friends, for he espied them before
they reached the shore, and, rowing to the bank, insisted they should
take a sail.
"Come on, it's all right," he said. "It don't make any difference
whether I carry passengers or not so long as the boat is kept goin', an'
I want to show you somethin' fine in the way of rowin'."
Neither of the boys cared very much about accepting the invitation; but
he was so persistent that they finally stepped on board as the easiest
manner of settling the matter.
"I tell you what it is, fellers," he said, as he pulled out into the
stream, "I'm jest makin' things hum around here. These folks have never
seen any kind of style put into rowin', an' I'm knockin' their eyes
out."
"Don't give it to them too strong, or they may want to keep you here as
an ornament after the fair closes, and then the rest of the world would
suffer," Dan said, with a laugh, and Sam replied:
"You fellers can make fun; but what I say is straight," and then he made
preparations for giving an exhibition. "Watch me now, an' you'll learn a
thing or two about boats."
During the next ten minutes he pulled as if in a race, first up and then
down the stream, until sheer lack of breath forced him to stop.
"I hope you haven't set the keel on fire," Dan said, solicitously.
"There's no question but that you made good time, though I'm inclined to
think the build of the boat had considerable to do with the speed. This
one looks as if she would row herself."
"That's all you know about it. If I hadn't been a first-class hand
at----"
"See there!" Teddy cried, excitedly, as he pointed toward the shore.
"That's the man who got my fifteen dollars. Pull in, Sam, an' pull for
all you are worth!"
The oarsman delayed only long enough to gaze in the direction indicated,
where he saw the old fakir whom they had met with such great loss at
Waterville, and then he bent himself to the task.
"Do you believe it will be safe to tackle him after last night?" Dan
asked.
"I'm going to, and if he don't get away from me I'll ask some of the
crowd to help me have him arrested," Teddy replied, grimly.
The little craft was a considerable distance from the shore. Sam was so
excited that he only thought of landing in the shortest possible space
of time, and instead of keeping a lookout for other boats, rowed
vigorously, as if he were the only oarsman on the stream.
Teddy and Dan sat motionless, with their eyes fixed on the man, and thus
it happened that no one on board saw a double ender, in which were three
ladies and two gentlemen, come around a bend in the creek directly in
Sam's course.
There was a shout from the bank, three shrill screams of terror, and
then a crash as the two craft came together with terrific force.
The occupants of both boats were thrown into the water as the frail
timbers were splintered, and the spectators on the bank acted as if
panic-stricken.
CHAPTER IX.
_A BRAVE RESCUE._
Sam was a fairly good swimmer, and as soon as he found himself in the
water he struck out for the shore, paying no attention to any one else
until he had assured his own safety.
One of the gentlemen in the other craft did the same selfish thing,
while the other, unable to help even himself, was trying to keep his
head above water by resting his chin on an oar and piece of planking.
The women were in imminent danger of being drowned, for there was no
other boat near at hand which could be sent to the rescue, and the
throng of spectators was in that unreasoning state of fear and
excitement which prevents people from being of any service at such a
time.
When Teddy and Dan came to the surface after having been thrown from
their seats, they were within a few feet of each other, and the latter
asked:
"Can you swim?"
"Yes; don't pay any attention to me, but do what you can toward saving
those women."
"Will you help me?"
"Of course; but I can't take care of more than one."
Both boats had disappeared, and nothing save a few fragments showed
where they had gone down.
Teddy thought only of aiding the struggling women, for there was no
question that the man with the oar could take care of himself, at least
until those on the bank should be sufficiently composed to do something
effective, and he swam to the nearest struggling being, clasping her
firmly under one arm as he said:
"Don't make a row; but keep perfectly quiet, an' I'll take you ashore."
Half-unconscious as she was, the woman attempted to grasp him by the
neck, and for several seconds he had all he could do to prevent her from
choking him to death; but after two or three kicks judiciously
administered, he succeeded in making her understand that her life as
well as his own depended upon her remaining passive, and from that
moment all went well.
The employees of the company which had the boats on exhibition flung
into the water several life-saving arrangements of cork and canvas, and
by dint of much persuading he induced her to trust to one of these while
he went to the assistance of Dan, who had been carried beneath the
surface more than once by the struggles of the woman whom he was trying
to save.
By this time a boat was brought up from around the point, and as these
two helpless ones were taken on board both the boys swam to the rescue
of the last of the party who had sunk beneath the surface for the third
time.
Teddy, now nearly exhausted by his efforts, was the first to grasp her;
but if it had not been for Dan the struggle would have been useless,
since his strength was so far spent that he could not have brought her
above the water unaided.
By their united efforts, however, she was taken on board the boat in a
state of unconsciousness, and they made their way to the shore cheered
by the shouts of the assembled multitude.
Weak, almost exhausted beyond the power to stand upright, they landed a
few seconds in advance of the craft, and the reception received was
enough to have nerved stronger men to a semblance of strength.
It was not until they were in the private apartments allotted to the
Davis Company that either fully understood how weak he was, and then
willing hands aided them to recuperate.
Hot flannels, warm drinks, and dry clothes were contributed by the
different exhibitors, until, as Teddy said, they looked like "circus
clowns;" but they were in fairly good bodily condition, and it appeared
as if the involuntary bath had done them no real injury.
Outside the building the people were shouting themselves hoarse in
praise of the two boys who had saved three lives, and Sam stood bowing
acknowledgments as if he had been the chief actor in the thrilling
scene.
The difference between the real and the pretended life-savers was
readily understood, however, when Dan and Teddy made their appearance,
looking decidedly the worse for their struggles, and the cheers which
went up would have been ample reward for the most praise-loving person
in the world.
They looked like anything rather than reputable employees as they
appeared in the borrowed garments; but as Teddy said, they couldn't stay
in the building until their clothes were dried, and it was absolutely
necessary he should attend to his business.
Dan's duties necessitated his remaining near the creek; but Teddy was
forced to go back to his cane-board, and the crowd which followed him
was good evidence of the money he would make.
During two hours after he returned from this thrilling adventure the
cane-board had more customers than could conveniently be attended to,
and it is safe to say that he then handled a larger amount than he had
ever before seen.
"At this rate it won't take long to square up things, and you shall have
a fair portion of the profits, Tim," he said, when there was an
opportunity for him to speak with his clerk without being overheard by
the customers.
"It's a lucky thing for us that them boats were smashed," Tim said,
devoutly, as he handed his employer half a dollar to change. "We might
have stood here with our tongues hangin' out all day an' never seen a
quarter of this money if you hadn't known how to swim."
"You are right to a certain extent; but I can't take all the credit of
this spurt, because more than half the people are trying to get a cane
for nothing."
"In the same way they thought to swindle Mr. Hazelton out of a watch," Tim
replied, with a smile; "but we won't fight about what brings trade so
long as it comes with the cash."
Up to this time Teddy had no very definite idea of how much money had
been taken in, and he was thinking it would be a good idea to ascertain,
when a gruff, familiar voice from the rear asked:
"Are the wages of sin as much as they should be?"
Turning quickly he saw Uncle Nathan, and replied:
"I don't know exactly what they should be; but, perhaps, you do."
"Whatever I may know now, I remember that it was not allowed I should
insult my elders either by plainly spoken words or insinuations," the
old man said, sternly.
"Neither would I have done such a thing if you had not given me the
provocation; but when I promised to pay three dollars for the use of
fifteen one week, you did not seem to think that amount would be the
wages of sin."
"At the time I had no idea you would conspire with others to rob me of
my hard-earned savings."
"You know very well, Uncle Nathan, that I haven't done any such thing.
On the night your store was robbed I staid in the house, and hadn't left
it when you came to tell us the news."
"Every person of your class has some such excuse ready in case of an
emergency; but that kind of talk will not do with me. If you meant to do
the square thing, why was I not told you lost the money I lent you?"
"Because I knew you would raise an awful row, thinking possibly it would
not be paid back."
"Have I yet any assurance that it will be?" the old man asked, in a
fury.
"Do you need it now?"
"I always need my own."
"And in this case, if I pay you at once, do you think it right to charge
me three dollars for the use of fifteen lent two days ago?"
"That was what you promised, and the world gauges a man by the way he
keeps his word."
"I owe the storekeeper in Waterville thirty dollars; but I told him you
must be paid first, and so you shall."
"Then give me the money now," Uncle Nathan snarled.
"That is exactly what I am willing to do," Teddy replied, calmly; "but
if you can't trust me I have reason to be suspicious of you, so give me
a receipt for the amount, and the matter can be settled."
The old man literally glared at his nephew for an instant, and then,
eager to have the cash in his possession, he wrote a receipt, handing it
to the young fakir, as he said, angrily:
"Now, let me see if you can settle the bill."
Since the mishap on the creek, where Teddy had covered himself with
glory, business had been so good that he had more than twice that
amount, and, emptying the contents of his money bag on a board, he
proceeded to select the required sum.
Uncle Nathan watched him jealously, his eyes twinkling enviously, and
when the money was placed in his hand he counted it twice over before
delivering up the written acknowledgment.
"Are you certain all this has been honestly earned, Teddy?" he asked,
gravely.
"How else could I have got it?"
"There are many ways. While I would not be willing to take my oath to
it, several of these ten-cent pieces look very much like those I lost
night before last."
"Do you mean to say I had anything to do with robbing your store?" and
now that this particular debt had been canceled Teddy felt very brave.
"I know that such an amount of money has not been earned honestly, and,
what is more, my eyes have been opened to the character of your
friends."
"If you mean Mr. Hazelton, he is as much your friend as mine, for you
were with him all day Sunday."
"That is exactly who I do mean," Uncle Nathan replied, with provoking
deliberation. "I have seen his method of doing business since I came
into this fair, and know he is nothing more than a deliberate swindler."
"But one with whom you were perfectly willing to go into partnership," a
voice in the rear of Teddy cried sharply, and the jewelry fakir stepped
directly in front of Uncle Nathan. "I told you exactly how I worked, and
you offered to put up even money with me, growing angry when I said you
would be of no use in the business. If it is swindling, you were mighty
eager to have a hand in the same business."
"I don't want to talk with you," Uncle Nathan said, as he put Teddy's
eighteen dollars carefully in his pocket.
"Then why do you come around here trying to bully this boy? He had no
idea of what I was going to do until he saw me work, while you
understood the whole plan. Make any trouble for him, and I will get up
here and tell every person who comes along that you wanted to be my
partner."
"Do it," the old man said, angrily. "After having cheated so many people
out of their money, who will believe a word you say?"
At the same time, however, Uncle Nathan took good care to leave this
particular spot, and Hazelton stepped to the rear of the board where he
could talk privately with Teddy.
CHAPTER X.
_AN ENCOUNTER._
First of all, the jewelry fakir wanted to hear the particulars of the
accident on the lake, and Teddy began by telling him the primary cause
of the trouble.
"I reckon all three of us lost our heads when we saw that man; I know I
did and we were so eager to get on shore that we paid no attention to
anything else. Have you seen him?"
"Who? Long Jim? No; but the boys say he is here somewhere running the
swinging ball game."
"What is that?"
"A wooden ball is swung on two short uprights about eight inches apart,
and between them, in the center, stands a small peg. You pay ten cents
for the privilege of swinging the ball, and if it hits the peg when it
comes back after leaving your hand, you get a dollar."
"I should think that would be easy enough to do."
"Well, don't try it with such an idea or you'll go broke mighty quick.
It looks simple; but it isn't accomplished very often."
"Have you done anything since I left here?"
"Yes, and scooped in as much as I had any right to expect. I don't want
to spoil to-morrow's business, so sha'n't make another pitch, but will
spend my time trying to find Jim."
"What good can that do?"
"I still count on making him give back your fifteen dollars, if nothing
more. I reckon your Uncle Nathan won't try again to get a warrant out
for us, and so I sha'n't bother my head about learning anything
regarding the robbery."
"He'll make things just as disagreeable as he can; there's no question
about that."
"Well, let him, and we'll see who comes out ahead. Trade is beginning to
pick up, and you'd better attend to your customers."
Hazelton walked away, and from that moment until nearly nightfall Teddy
had all the business both he and his clerk could attend to.
Nearly every one had something to say about the accident on the creek,
and the young fakir was forced to tell the story over and over again,
until he really got tired of repeating the details.
When nearly all of the visitors had left the grounds Teddy made up his
cash account, and the sum total surprised both himself and Tim.
Including the amount paid Uncle Nathan he had taken in fifty-five
dollars and twenty cents. Ten per cent. of this was paid to the clerk,
and he found himself possessed of the magnificent sum of thirty-one
dollars and seventy cents.
"At this rate we shall be rich before the end of the week," he said, in
a tone of satisfaction.
"That's a fact; but it don't seem right for me to take so much," Tim
replied, as he wrapped the five dollars and a half which had been given
him in his handkerchief.
"That was the agreement, an' we'll stick to it."
"But when you promised ten cents on every dollar neither of us believed
trade would be half so good."
"You're right; I thought if we got one-third as much business would be
booming; but that has nothing to do with our bargain. You've hung right
on here, without even stopping for anything to eat, an' are entitled to
what you've been paid. Everybody says there'll be a bigger crowd
to-morrow, an' so we stand a chance to make considerable more. Are you
going home to-night, or do you count on staying here?"
"I've got to let the folks know where I am, for when I left it was
allowed I'd be back by sunset. To-morrow I'll come prepared to stay the
rest of the week."
"There'll be plenty of stages running, an' you can afford to ride both
ways after this day's work. I want to send some of this money home to
mother, for it ain't safe to carry so much around with me."
"Am I to take it?"
"Yes, an' you can tell her all that has happened. Ask her to come over
Thursday, an' see for herself that we're getting rich."
Twenty-five dollars was tied in a bundle with many wrappings of paper,
and Tim started off, looking almost afraid at being the custodian of so
much wealth.
It was necessary Teddy should pack up his entire stock until next
morning, and this he proceeded to do as soon as he was alone. Mr. Sweet
had given him permission to bring his goods into the museum tent, and
his only trouble was how everything could be carried without assistance.
Before he was ready for departure, however, Sam came up, and the
question of transportation was settled.
"Well, how do you feel now?" Teddy asked, cheerily, for the knowledge
that he had already taken in nearly enough to pay his debts caused him
to feel very jolly.
"I allers get the worst of everything," Sam replied, disconsolately.
"You an' Dan made a big strike when you tumbled into the water, an' I've
had a blowin' up; come mighty near losin' my job into the bargain."
"Why?"
"'Cause the boss says that I was careless an' reckless, an' that I
couldn't earn enough in a month to pay for the two boats I've smashed."
"Are they lost entirely?"
"No, of course not. We pulled 'em out a little while ago, an' it cost so
very much to fix both. The folks in the other boat were as much to blame
as me."
"They certainly were not keeping any better lookout, and, as a matter of
fact, I suppose I'm more at fault than any one else, for if I hadn't
sung out about the fakir it wouldn't have happened."
"That's what I told the boss; but he's chuck full of foolish talk about
the bravery he says you an' Dan showed, an' is tryin' to get up what he
calls a testimonial for you."
"A what?" Teddy cried, in surprise.
"I heard him say testimonial; but if you know what that means you can go
to the head."
"I don't, and I hope it won't amount to anything. I've been paid enough
for what was done by the boom it gave my business."
"Of course, you an' Dan are bound to have the best end of it."
"Why didn't you stop an' do the same thing?"
"'Cause I had sense enough to look out for myself first."
"But you know how to swim."
"What of that? It's mighty risky catchin' hold of people in the water,
an' I don't mean to take any chances. How much have you made to-day?"
When Teddy told him, the expert in rowing looked decidedly envious.
"You've got all that money in one day?"
"Yes; but I sent the most of it home to mother."
"It's funny what luck some folks have, when them as knows the business
twice as well don't much more'n earn their salt," Sam said, as if to
himself, and before he could continue Dan arrived.
He wore his own clothes, and carried those Teddy had left in the
boat-house.
"These were dry, so I brought 'em up. You needn't carry back the ones
you borrowed till to-morrow, so Sam's boss says."
Then Dan asked concerning business, and by the time all three had
finished discussing this very important matter the knives and canes were
packed ready for removal.
Each boy took a load, carried it to the tent where Mr. Sweet was
figuring up his receipts for the day, and then went to supper, returning
half an hour later so tired that there was no desire on the part of
either to do anything other than sleep.
The proprietor of the museum was in very good spirits. He had taken in
one hundred and six dollars and eighty cents, and said, in a tone of
satisfaction:
"I reckon this fair will pan out all right. Trade is bound to be better
to-morrow, and Thursday is always the biggest of the week. I hear you
boys have been distinguishing yourselves. Tell me about it."
Dan related the incident of the day very modestly, interrupted now and
then by Sam, who was eager to pose as a hero also, and Mr. Sweet
expressed himself as being well satisfied with their behavior.
"Chasing a thief and getting a whipping in the night, and then saving
the lives of three people the next day is record enough for one week, so
you'd better not try for any more adventures," he said, with a laugh.
Now that the incident of the previous night had been spoken of so
openly, it was necessary Sam's curiosity should be satisfied, and Dan
was forced to tell the story.
While he was doing so, and listening to the oarsman's comments, Teddy
had an opportunity to see the "barker" and clown who arrived that
morning. Neither was a very prepossessing-looking man. They were lying
on the ground some distance from the boys, as if bent on minding their
own business, and there was no real reason for an unfavorable opinion
concerning them.
But little time was spent in conversation on this evening. Every one was
thoroughly tired, and each sought for a soft spot on which to pass the
night.
As before, Sam crawled up on the wagon to be out of harm's way when the
goat should be unfastened, while Dan and Teddy lay down in very nearly
the same place as before.
"I don't fancy we shall hear many secrets between now and morning, no
matter how many men come around here to talk," the former said,
laughingly. "It won't take me two minutes to fall asleep, and the noise
that can awaken me then will have to be very great."
Teddy's only reply was a yawn, and in even less time than Dan had
mentioned he was wrapped in slumber.
Shortly after the proprietor of the exhibition began to make his
preparations for retiring, and the clown asked:
"How did that row start this afternoon?"
"Half a dozen of the village toughs tried to get in without paying, and
I had to polish one of 'em off," the barker replied.
"You must have done it pretty quick, for when I got out there the thing
was over," Mr. Sweet said.
"The fellow was more than half-drunk, an' it wasn't a very big job. They
threaten to come back and clean the whole show out."
"Yes, I've heard such threats made before; but never lost much sleep
worrying about it."
Ten minutes later all the human occupants of the tent were enjoying a
well-earned rest, and the goat had about concluded it would be a
profitless job to prospect for anything more to eat, when the sound of
footsteps could have been heard from the outside.
Had Mr. Sweet been awake he would have decided that these late visitors
were trying to find the flap of the tent, for they walked cautiously
around the canvas twice, and then a sharp knife was thrust through the
fabric.
An instant later Sam awoke his companion with a yell that would have
done credit to any Indian.
Some one had given him such a blow as sent him from the seat to the
ground, and the remainder of the party leaped to their feet only to be
confronted by a large party of half-drunken toughs who had come to
avenge the insult received during the afternoon.
CHAPTER XI.
_LONG JIM_.
Teddy's first thought when he was awakened by Sam's yells was that the
officers of the law were coming to arrest him for the robbery committed
at Uncle Nathan's store; but in a very few seconds he understood that
this was not the case.
He and Dan had been sleeping some distance from the remainder of the
company; therefore, when the hand-to-hand struggle began they were out
of it entirely, and owing to the darkness could not be seen by the
assailants; but Sam's cries served to show the mob where he was, and one
after another pounded him when they failed to find any of the other
occupants.
While one might have counted twenty Teddy and Dan stood motionless,
undecided as to what should be done, while the din caused by the
combatants and the screaming boy were almost deafening, and then the
latter said:
"We've got to take a hand in this row, Teddy. Mr. Sweet has given us the
chance to sleep here, and the least we can do is to help as much as
possible, for it appears to me that his men are getting the worst of
it."
A broken tent-peg was lying on the ground near at hand, and Dan added,
as he seized it:
"Try to light one of the lanterns so we can see which is an enemy, and
then sail in."
It seemed to Teddy as if he would never be able to follow these
instructions. He had plenty of matches; but in his excitement one after
another was extinguished until he fancied half an hour must have elapsed
before the wick was ignited.
The faint glow of light served to show one of the intruders Teddy's
form, and the latter had but just succeeded in hanging the lantern on
the center-pole when it became necessary to defend himself.
The drunken bully made a lunge at him, which he managed to avoid by
jumping aside, and in another instant he had seized the man by the
waist, doing his best to throw him.
From this moment Teddy knew nothing more of the row than that portion in
which he was immediately concerned. He was able to prevent the man from
striking by hugging close to his body, and the two swayed here and there
in the effort to gain the mastery. Now and then they came in contact
with the other combatants, one or both receiving a chance blow, but no
especial injury was done to either.
Had the man been sober, Teddy must have been overcome in a very short
time; but as he was far from being steady on his feet the odds were
about even, and the boy succeeded in holding his own until the others
had retreated or been so disabled that it was no longer possible for
them to continue the assault.
Fully thirty minutes had elapsed from the time Sam first sounded the
alarm before the occupants of the tent could count themselves as
victors, and then Mr. Sweet and the clown pulled Teddy's adversary away,
throwing him bodily out of the tent after administering summary
punishment.
During all this time the other exhibitors who intended to sleep on the
grounds had been gathering around the canvas, but no one cared to risk
his precious body by entering until it was certain the battle had been
ended.
Then the tent was filled with sympathizing friends, who endeavored to
ascertain the amount of injury done, but were interrupted in the work by
the proprietor, who cried, angrily:
"Clear out of here, every mother's son! You didn't dare to come in when
it would have been possible to help us, and there's no need of you now.
We were attacked by a crowd of men from the town, who proposed to clean
the show out because we wouldn't let them in free, and that's all there
is to it."
Not until the last visitor had unwillingly departed did the little
party pay any attention to their wounds, and then the result of the
engagement was ascertained.
The barker had a broken nose, but it would not prevent him from doing a
full share of talking on the following day. The clown's eye looked
rather bad, and Mr. Sweet's cheek had been cut, but these were only
trifling mishaps. Teddy had come out of the affray comparatively
uninjured; Dan showed nothing worse than a bruise under the left ear,
and while Sam appeared to be unscathed, he declared that he had been
pounded until every inch of his body felt like jelly.
"You squealed fairly well for a fellow who was so badly done up," Mr.
Sweet said, with a laugh, as he proceeded to dress the barker's wounded
nose, "and I reckon you'll be all right by morning. Light some of the
other lanterns so I can see what I'm about, and during the remainder of
the night we'll stand guard, for no one can say how soon those
scoundrels may attempt to pay us a second visit, although I think they
had a full dose this time."
How the assailants had fared no one was able to form a very good
opinion. The general belief among the occupants of the tent, however,
was that they had received such severe punishment that there would be no
further attack on this night, at least.
When the wounds had been dressed, Mr. Sweet said, as he took up a
position near the flap:
"You fellows had better try to go to sleep now. I'll keep awake for a
while, and then call some one to relieve me. Dan, can't you borrow one
of those queer-looking rifles you are exhibiting, and bring it with you
to-morrow night?"
"I might get the one I use for shooting at a target; but you wouldn't
think of trying to kill a man, would you, Mr. Sweet?"
"I could do a good deal toward scaring them, and if a crowd insisted on
forcing an entrance, I'd take mighty good care that one would carry away
a bullet to remember me by."
"I'll bring the rifle," Dan replied, and Teddy whispered:
"When I came here to run a cane-board I didn't count on being obliged to
do any fighting."
"I don't reckon there'll be much more here. The managers of the fair
will see to it that those fellows are put where they can't do any
additional mischief, for the exhibitors must be protected, and we shall
be safe enough, except something else comes up to make a row."
Then the sore, tired party lay down in search of slumber once more, and,
strange as it may seem after the exciting events, all save the sentinel
were soon wrapped again in slumber.
Each in turn was aroused to do his share of guard duty before morning
came; but no enemy appeared, and at sunrise the three boys went across
the grounds to the boarding-house, where, as Dan said: "The price was
twice as big as the breakfast."
Teddy had his place of business ready for the reception of customers
before the first stage-load of visitors arrived, and when Tim came he
had already taken in nearly a dollar.
"What's the news?" he asked, as the clerk appeared, looking radiant and
happy at the thought of earning as much money as on the previous day.
"Your mother was pretty nigh wild when I told her what we took in
yesterday, an' says she'll be here sure on Thursday. There's no more
news of your Uncle Nathan's goods, an' he's still tryin' to have you
arrested; but your mother says not to be afraid, 'cause she has talked
with a lawyer, an' don't think there'll be any trouble. I told the folks
at home that the old skinflint made you pay three dollars interest on
the money what was stole, an' everybody in town will know it before
night."
Tim was forced to stop his story to wait upon a party of young gentlemen
who were eager to get dollar canes for five cents, and the booths
adjoining Teddy's place of business had not yet been opened when he
announced that there were four dollars in the money box.
"We're bound to have a big day," Tim said, confidently. "The band from
the Run is comin' over this mornin', an' if the city people hear about
it you bet they'll jest crowd in to hear the music. There'll be [----]
of the boys to see you, but take my advice an' don't let 'em have any
rings on credit, for I wouldn't trust the best of the whole lot at fair
time. I'm goin' to stay till Friday; do you s'pose that man will let me
sleep in his tent with you fellers?"
Teddy promised to inquire, and then advised Tim to have a look at the
grounds before business began to be rushing, and the clerk was glad to
take advantage of the proposition.
He started off with the air of one who owned the entire inclosure, and
was hardly lost to view amid the fast-gathering throng when Teddy was
literally dazed by seeing Long Jim, the very man who had robbed him in
Waterville, lounging along toward his stand.
Not until the fakir stood directly in front of the boy did he appear to
recognize him, and then he would have turned quickly away but for the
latter's cry:
"Somebody hold that man till I get a constable! He stole my money."
Realizing that a flight across the grounds with hundreds of men and boys
crying "Stop thief!" in full pursuit would be disastrous, Long Jim
turned to face his young accuser.
"What do you mean by saying such a thing?" he asked, angrily. "If you
wasn't so small I'd make you eat the words."
"I was big enough for you to steal from, and I want my money."
It was only natural that a crowd should gather after such an accusation,
and Long Jim looked around for some means of escape, but, realizing that
he could not well get away while so many were near, he stepped close to
Teddy, as he whispered:
"If you say another word I'll smash your face, you young whelp! Hold
your tongue if you want to leave here alive."
"I'll say exactly what's true. Give me my money, or I'll find some one
to have you arrested!"
"The boy is a liar, and, what is more, has just robbed his uncle's
store, if what they say over at the Run be true," the fakir said,
excitedly, as he turned to face the crowd. "I don't want to hurt him;
but I won't be insulted by a thief, so the best thing for me to do is to
leave."
Saying this, he walked deliberately away, and the curious ones, who a
moment previous had been friendly to Teddy, began to sympathize with the
man.
"Don't let him off!" the boy cried, starting to follow, and then
remembering that he would be forced to leave his wares at the mercy of
the crowd, turned back, while Long Jim continued straight across the
grounds unmolested.
"It looks like it was a case of the pot calling the kettle black," an
old farmer said, and his immediate circle of friends laughed heartily,
while the younger portion of the crowd gazed earnestly at Teddy,
believing they saw before them a fullfledged burglar.
CHAPTER XII.
_A DISCOVERY._
With feelings of mingled anger, vexation and disappointment, Teddy stood
silent and motionless for several moments after Long Jim disappeared,
striving to keep the tears from his eyes.
It seemed hard enough to be swindled out of fifteen dollars, but to be
held up as a thief by the very man who had done him the wrong, and to be
stared at as a criminal by the curious, was an aggravation of
misfortune.
Just for one instant he made up his mind to tell the whole story to the
bystanders, but before there was time for him to speak he realized that
many of them would think he was trying to shield himself by an untruth
against just accusations, therefore he remained quiet, not making the
slightest effort to influence trade.
Fortunately he was soon aroused from this very disagreeable frame of
mind by a very pleasing incident.
The band from the Run arrived, and to the young fakir's surprise marched
directly to his booth, the leader saying, in a tone sufficiently loud to
be heard by every one in the immediate vicinity as the musicians halted
about ten feet away:
"We have been hired to play on the grounds to-day, Teddy, and left home
half an hour earlier than the specified time for the sole purpose of
giving you a serenade to show that, whatever your uncle may say, the
folks at the Run are positive there isn't a shadow of truth in his
ridiculous story. We know what you are working for, and intend to help
you along as much as possible."
Then the musicians began to play, while, as a matter of course, every
one who came up wanted to know why the band was there instead of on the
stand built for its especial accommodation, and there were people enough
who had heard the leader's remarks to explain matters to the newcomers.
The immediate result was that instead of believing him to be a burglar,
the same ones who fancied a few moments previous that he looked guilty,
were now quite positive he was a victim.
Tim arrived while the serenade was in progress, and when Teddy explained
the situation, he exclaimed, gleefully:
"Well, by jinks! This jest knocks the spots outer everything! Trade will
hum after this, or I'm a duffer."
And the clerk's prediction was verified in a very short time.
When the musicians had concluded the concert they laid aside their
instruments, and during the next ten minutes every man of them threw
rings at the canes or knives so rapidly that both Teddy and his
assistant had all they could do to wait upon the throng.
Then, giving the signal for the march to be resumed, the leader said to
the young fakir:
"Don't get discouraged, my boy, no matter what happens. If you have any
trouble it can't last long, for you've plenty of friends at the Run, and
after what happened here yesterday there should be a good many on the
grounds."
The kind-hearted musicians marched away without giving Teddy an
opportunity to thank them, and as if to atone for their previously
spoken harsh words the bystanders devoted themselves with unusual zest
to the task of winning a cane worth a dollar by an outlay of five cents.
It was nearly an hour before trade began to grow dull again, and both
the boys were quite willing to rest a few moments.
"At this rate we stand a chance of getting rich before the fair closes,"
Teddy exclaimed, in a tone of satisfaction. "I wonder what Uncle Nathan
would have said if he'd been here to hear the leader?"
"I'll tell you," a disagreeable but familiar sounding voice replied from
the rear of the stand where its owner had been concealed by an adjoining
booth, and Nathan Hargreaves stalked into view with a comically tragic
air. "Things have come to a pretty pass when a man's own relations, an'
them as he has set up in business with his own hard-earned money, try to
bring scorn and reproach upon him. You are a snake in the grass, Teddy
Hargreaves, an' not content with helpin' rob me, concoct such a
disgraceful scene as I have jest witnessed."
"What could I have had to do with it?" Teddy cried, in surprise. "I
didn't know they were going to give me a lift."
"Of course you did; I ain't blind if I am such a fool as to put you in
the way of makin' so much money. There wasn't a man in that band who'd
have countenanced the speech the leader made if you hadn't been workin'
on their sympathies. But your race won't be much longer. Don't think
that I've stopped all proceedings, for it may be that you're shoved into
jail this very day unless you make a clean breast of the whole thing."
"I've got nothing to tell simply because I don't know anything; but I
believe the same man who took my fifteen dollars robbed your store. Dan
and I heard him and another fellow talking, and in trying to find out
something for your benefit got knocked down."
"What did they say? Who are they?" the old man asked, eagerly, his
bearing toward Teddy changing very suddenly. "Tell me! Tell your poor,
old uncle, who'll be mighty near the poor-house, if he don't get his own
again."
This appeal touched Teddy's heart immediately, but Tim said, half to
himself, taking good care Uncle Nathan should hear him, however:
"More'n a hundred robberies like that wouldn't make him poor. Why, down
at the Run folks say you'd hardly miss what's been taken."
"Those who make that kind of talk are only shiftless people with never a
dollar of their own, consequently they don't know the value of one," the
old man cried, angrily. "It's all very well for a set of loafers who are
mad with me because I wouldn't give them credit to say such things. Do
you suppose I'd spend my time runnin' around the country huntin' for the
thieves if I hadn't lost a power of money?"
"You'd be willin' to run pretty far if there was a nickel at the end of
the road," Tim retorted, but before he could say anything more Teddy
motioned for him to be silent.
"Are you goin' to tell me who the robbers are?" Uncle Nathan asked, in a
wheedling tone, as he turned once more toward his nephew.
"I don't know the men whom I suspect, except by sight, but it's more
than possible we may find out enough to warrant their arrest before the
fair closes."
The old man insisted on knowing at once, and alternately coaxed and
threatened, but all to no purpose.
Teddy positively refused to make a statement until he had more proof,
and recognizing the fact that he might hurt his own cause by insisting,
Uncle Nathan said, in a most affectionate tone:
"I must go now, Teddy, but I'll see you again before night. If you'll do
all you can to help find them scoundrels I'll never say that you had
anything to do with the crime."
"You'd no business to make any such talk, for you knew it was impossible
for me to take any hand in it, even if I'd wanted to be a thief."
"There's a good deal of circumstantial evidence," the old man said,
solemnly, as he turned to leave, "an' it stands you in hand to do all a
boy can to clear your own skirts. I'm goin' to give you a chance, an'
promise there won't be any arrest made to-day at all events."
"There's a good reason why you promise that," Tim cried, angrily, as
Uncle Nathan walked away. "You tried mighty hard, but couldn't get a
warrant, an' there ain't a justice of the peace between here an'
Waterville as would grant one without any other evidence than what you
can say."
"Don't make him angry, Tim. He's feeling bad about his money, an' you
can't blame him for trying to find out who has got it."
"I don't blame him for that, but what I'm kickin' about is that he
keeps naggin' at you when there's no reason for it."
"Most likely he thinks there is."
"He can't; it's only the wretched old skinflint's way of gettin' even
with the world, an' so he picks on a feller what he believes can't
strike back."
"I wish I could find out who the robbers are, and where the goods have
been hidden."
"Well, I don't. It serves him right to lose 'em, an'---- Hello! here
comes that feller what helps exhibit the rifles! I wonder what he wants
at this time of day, jest when business is beginnin' to be rushin'."
Dan was evidently in a high state of excitement, for he forced his way
through the crowds, regardless of possible injury to himself or others,
and did not slacken speed until he stood in front of the cane-board,
breathless and panting.
"What's up?" Teddy asked, in surprise.
"The fakir who got your money, an' another man, who I think is the same
one we heard talkin' outside the tent, have jest bought a boat from the
Davis Company. Sam saw 'em, an' ran over to tell me while the bargain
was bein' made. He's watchin' down there till we can get back."
"I don't believe it would do any good for me to say another word to Long
Jim. He went past here this mornin', an' I only made a bad matter worse
by trying to make him give back what he stole."
"We ain't countin' on doin' that, but I believe they're gettin' ready to
cart away the goods what were stole from your Uncle Nathan. Perhaps we
can foller without bein' seen, an' get on to the whole snap. Could you
get off for the balance of the day?"
And now Teddy was quite as excited as Dan.
"Yes, an' so can Sam."
"Are you goin' to help find his goods after all that old duffer has
threatened?" Tim asked, impatiently.
"I'll do what I can," was the decided reply. "Do you think you will be
able to get along alone to-day?"
"I could do it easy enough by hirin' a boy to pick up the rings, but I
hate to see you make a fool of yourself, Teddy."
"You'll think different later. Come on, Dan. I'll be back as soon as I
can, Tim," and then the young fakir urged his friend in the direction of
the creek.
"It won't do to go anywhere near the boat-house," Dan said. "Sam is up
the bank a long piece where the willows hide him. He's keepin' his eye
on the craft they bought, so it can't be taken away without his seein'
it."
By mingling with the crowd it was possible to make their way to the
desired spot without being seen, save by those with whom they came into
immediate contact, and in a few moments the watcher was joined by his
friends.
"Now I want you fellers to let me manage this case," Sam said,
pompously. "I know more 'bout detective business than both of you put
together, an' if you'd only told me what was up the other night we'd had
the whole thing settled."
"Have you seen the men?" Dan asked, impatiently.
"Lots of times. The old fakir is loafin' around close by the landin',
an' the other one must 'a gone off for somethin'. The Davis Company told
me I could take any of the boats, an' the minute the thieves start we'll
jump right on their trail."
CHAPTER XIII.
_AMATEUR DETECTIVES._
It was fated that the thrilling work of running down and capturing the
thieves should not be begun until after considerable delay.
"Now, I wonder what he is up to?" Dan said, when it was no longer
possible to see the supposed burglar.
"Why is it that you can't let me do this thing?" Sam asked, angrily. "If
you keep meddlin' we'll never fix matters."
"I don't see that I'm interfering," Dan replied, in surprise.
The three boys watched this one particular boat in silence for ten
minutes or more, seeing Long Jim now and then, and just as they believed
he was about to step on board the man walked toward the exhibition
buildings, and was soon lost to view amid the throng of people.
"You was gettin' ready, too, I could tell that by your eye."
"I'll have to give in that you're the smartest feller in this section of
the country, Sam, an' that's a fact."
"Of course it is," the amateur detective replied, complacently, thinking
Dan's sarcasm was really praise. "If I have my own way I can turn up the
biggest thief that ever walked on two legs; but you mustn't bother me,
or things may go wrong."
If the matter had not been so serious to him Teddy would have laughed
long and often at the dignity and superior knowledge assumed by this
fellow, who, since he made his acquaintance, had done nothing more
difficult than to get himself into trouble; but, under the
circumstances, he was so deeply interested in the outcome of the
business that there was no room in his mind for mirth.
"Dan," he said, "let you and I walk around two or three minutes. We'll
stay close by so that Sam can give us the signal in case the men show
up, and we may find Hazelton."
"Don't tell him what we're doin'," the amateur detective cried, sharply.
"Why not?"
"'Cause it's likely he'll want to meddle with our business, an' then my
work will be spoiled."
"I won't say a word to him until after seeing you again," Teddy replied
as he led Dan away, and added when they were where it would be
impossible for Sam to hear them: "See here, it's foolish for us to think
of trying to follow those men if he's to be allowed to make a fool of
himself. With him believing he's the greatest detective in the country,
something wrong is sure to happen, an' we may never get another chance
of finding out about the burglary."
"Don't fret about that," Dan replied, confidently. "It won't do any harm
to let him swell a little now while he's keeping watch; but when the
real work begins it won't take long to sit on him."
"Then there will be a row."
"I'll attend to his case; but I don't think there'll be anything for us
to do yet awhile. The men are evidently in no hurry to leave, and most
likely intend to wait till the crowd begins to go."
"Then why should all three of us stay on watch?"
"We won't. Go back to your cane-board, and I'll tell Sam to come for you
when the burglars put in an appearance. He'll have time to do that, an'
while he's gettin' a boat ready you can come for me."
"Will it be safe to trust him?"
"Yes, indeed," Dan replied, with a laugh. "He's havin' an awful good
time thinkin' he's the greatest detective in the world, and couldn't be
hired to leave that clump of willows so long as the men keep out of
sight."
Teddy was not so confident, and insisted on going back with Dan while
the arrangement was made.
When the matter was explained Sam appeared to be perfectly satisfied.
"That's all right," he said, readily. "I can see to this thing alone;
but I'll let you fellers know the minute anything happens. Don't tell
any of the constables what I'm up to, or they'll want to have a finger
in the pie."
Convinced that he would be informed of any change in the situation,
Teddy returned to the cane-board just in time to aid Tim in attending to
a rush of customers who were spending their money liberally.
"What made you come back?" the clerk asked, in surprise. "I've hired a
feller for a quarter to pick up rings, an' am gettin' along first rate."
Teddy briefly explained the condition of affairs, and then there was
little opportunity for conversation until considerably past noon, when
trade dropped off very decidedly for a while.
In order that he might have a glimpse of the other fakirs and rest
himself at the same time, Tim was sent to see if Sam was yet at his
self-selected post of duty, and Teddy took advantage of the opportunity
to ascertain the amount of his receipts.
To his great surprise he found nearly forty dollars in the money-box,
and from this he took thirty with which to pay the merchant in
Waterville who had given him credit for his stock.
"It has turned out to be a mighty good venture, even if Aunt Sarah was
so sure I'd make a fool of myself by tryin' it. All the money I make now
will be clear profit, and it looks as if I'd be able to help mother
quite a bit."
[Illustration: "They're getting ready to start!" he said, breathlessly.]
"Well, how is business?" a voice asked, in a cheery tone, and, looking
up, Teddy saw his sole remaining creditor.
"I'm glad you've come," he cried, bundling the thirty dollars up in a
piece of paper. "I'd jest counted this out for you, an' when you take it
I'll be free from debt."
"But I don't want the money," the merchant replied. "I only came around
to see if you were successful."
"I've already made more than I reckoned on, an' it'll be a favor if you
take this, 'cause I don't like to have so much around."
Then Teddy explained the condition of his business affairs, not
forgetting to tell of the accusation made against him by his Uncle
Nathan, and the merchant said, as he concluded:
"I heard the whole story, my boy, and have already talked with Mr.
Hargreaves, whom I met a few moments ago. I do not think he can do
anything to you, because you have made many friends here. The money I
will take, as it is not well to keep it where it might be stolen; but
can give you no receipt until I get home."
"That'll be all right," Teddy replied, contentedly; "you trusted me with
the goods, an' it would be funny if I couldn't wait for a receipted
bill. It's through you that I've had the chance to make so much, an' I
want you to know I feel grateful."
"I believe that, and am more than pleased to have put you in the way of
getting a start in the world. Come to see me when the fair closes, and
it is possible I may show you an opportunity of learning to be a
merchant on a large scale, rather than a fakir whose method of getting a
living is very precarious, regardless of the fact that he sometimes
makes very great profits."
It can be readily understood that Teddy accepted the invitation, and
then, trade commencing once more, the gentleman walked away, leaving the
proprietor of the cane-board with the pleasing consciousness that he was
free from debt, and with quite a large amount of money in his mother's
keeping.
Tim returned very shortly after the merchant's departure, and reported
that Sam was still on duty.
"The boat hasn't been moved nor have the men showed up again," he said.
"That feller acts as if he thought he was bigger than the President. He
told me he could be the greatest detective that ever lived if it wasn't
that folks made him show off at rowin' 'cause he had so much style about
him. I don't think he's so very wonderful; but, of course, I never saw
many out an' out detectives."
"And you don't see one when you met him. I'm sure he'll get Dan an' me
in trouble before this thing is ended."
"Then why don't you let him go off alone? That's what I'd do with such a
chump."
"I can't, because----"
The sentence was not concluded, for at that moment Dan came up at full
speed.
"They're gettin' ready to start!" he said, breathlessly. "I saw 'em go
by the buildin', an' run over to tell Sam that I'd fetch you. Our boat
is a long distance up the creek, an' we'll have to hurry, or run the
chance of missing their craft."
There was no delay on Teddy's part, despite the misgivings he had
regarding Sam.
One parting injunction to Tim on the subject of business, and then he
followed Dan at full speed toward the creek on such a course as would
bring them fully a quarter of a mile above the boat-house outside the
fair grounds.
Sam had made everything ready for the journey by the time they arrived,
and was so excited that he could no longer speak of his own wonderful
powers as a thief-catcher.
"One of you fellers had better row while I steer," he said, seating
himself in the stern sheets and taking the tiller-ropes. "If they see
the way I handle the oars they'll know exactly who's after them, an'
then the game'll be up."
"Don't worry yourself about that," Dan replied, calmly. "Neither Teddy
nor I knows anything about a boat, except it may be to steer, so you'll
have to hump yourself."
Sam grumbled considerably about taking so many risks; but he finally
moved over to the bow and his companions took their seats aft.
"I won't put any style to it, an', perhaps, that'll keep 'em from
knowin' I'm on their trail," he said, and immediately began rowing in
such a bungling fashion that Dan said, sharply:
"Look here, if you're goin' to pull this boat, do it, or we'll go back.
At this rate, you'll have everybody at the fair watching to see what
kind of chumps have been allowed to risk their lives. We've got no time
to spare, either; for we must get on the other side of the creek where
it will be possible to watch the men without getting too near."
"I'll take care of that part of the business," Sam replied, loftily, and
Dan immediately put into operation his plan of "sitting" on the amateur
detective.
"You do your share, and that will be enough. Teddy and I propose to take
a hand in this ourselves."
"Then I might as well go back."
"You can, if you want to."
It so chanced that he had no such desire, and with the air of one whose
feelings have been deeply wounded he rowed steadily on, Dan steering,
until they were where it was possible to have a full view of a long
stretch of the creek.
[Illustration: "There they are!" Teddy said.]
"There they are!" Teddy said, pointing down stream to where a boat was
being pulled close to the left bank. "They have stopped, and it looks as
if something was being taken on board!"
"It is a portion of the goods they stole!" Dan cried. "Stop rowing, Sam,
and if nothing happens we'll soon know where the whole lot is to be
hidden."
CHAPTER XIV.
_THE RENDEZVOUS._
That Dan's surmise was correct could be seen a few moments after, while
the boys, partially concealed by the overhanging bank, watched the
proceedings with but little danger of being discovered.
On the shore were a number of packages in a cart, and these the supposed
burglars loaded into the boat with the utmost haste.
If this lot comprised all that had been taken from Uncle Nathan his loss
must have been greater than he stated, and Teddy said, after watching
several moments in silence:
"I reckon this is only part of what they took; but I'm puzzled to know
how it could have been brought so far. The idea of carting goods over
here to find a place in which to hide them is a queer one, when all the
thieves had to do was slip down the river in a skiff, an' before morning
they'd be beyond reach of the officers."
It surely was strange that the men should have done so much useless
labor, and the only solution to the apparent mystery was offered by Sam,
who said, with an air of superior wisdom:
"They've done it to throw me off the scent. That fakir we saw in
Waterville must have known who I was."
"How does it happen he had the nerve to come here when he knew you
counted on showing the people who visited this fair your skill in
rowing?" Dan asked, with a laugh.
"I reckon he didn't think I was tellin' the truth."
It was useless to attempt to make Sam acquainted with himself. He had
such a remarkable idea of his own abilities, despite the scrapes he was
constantly getting into, that the most eloquent orator would have been
unable to convince him he was anything more than a very egotistical boy,
with little save his vanity to recommend him to the notice of the
general public.
In five minutes the boat at the opposite bank had received as much of a
cargo as her owners wished to carry, and then the men began to row
leisurely down the river.
"Now, go slow, Sam, and don't turn around to look, or they may suspect
we are following them," Dan said, warningly. "I'll keep you posted about
what they are doing, and you can tell us afterward what ought to have
been done. Pull moderately, for we don't want to get very near while it
is light enough for them to see us."
The chase was not a long one. By keeping the boat's head to the bank and
moving leisurely as boys who were bent only on pleasure might have
done, the pursuers evidently caused no suspicions as to their purpose,
and after about a mile had been traversed the burglars turned up a
narrow waterway which led to a barn or shed built on the meadows for the
storing of marsh hay.
There were plenty of ditches near at hand into which the amateur
detectives could run their craft unobserved, and as the pursued left the
creek Dan steered into one of these.
Here their heads hardly came above the bank, and all three could see the
men carrying their cargo to the building.
"We've got 'em now," said Sam, triumphantly, as the first of the
packages was taken on shore, "an' the sooner we nab both the better."
"How do you intend to set about such a job?" Teddy asked.
"Go right up an' tell 'em we've been on their track."
"And in less than two minutes you would get a worse pounding than the
toughs gave you last night."
Sam appeared to realize the truth of this statement, for he had no
further suggestions to offer, and Dan said, after some reflection:
"I think the best thing we can do will be to go back to the fair. If
those fellows find us here the jig will be up; but it isn't likely
they've got the whole of their plunder with them, and intend to come
here again. We'll talk with some one and find out a good plan, or keep
our eyes peeled to learn what they mean to do with the goods. If they
propose simply to hide them until there is a chance to get the lot away
safely, we shall have the key to the situation an' can take plenty of
time deciding what should be done."
Sam did not again propose to make any attempt at intimidating the men,
and Teddy thought Dan's scheme a wise one.
"They'll come here more than once before the week is ended; you know
they spoke of moving the stuff when the exhibitors got ready to leave,
an' we'd better go back to the grounds before those fellows have
finished their work."
Sam pulled out of the water-course into the creek without a murmur; but
when they were on the way back, and he felt at liberty to display his
true "style," courage returned.
"I knew you fellers wasn't any good on detective work," he said,
scornfully. "If I'd had charge of the case we should have them men tied
hand an' foot in the bottom of this boat."
"How would you have got 'em there?" Dan asked.
"That's my business. Jest because I've let you into this thing there's
no reason why I should give all my secrets away, is there?"
"Not a bit of it, an' you keep them locked up in your heart, for if
Teddy an' I knew the plans we might get into a bad scrape."
"Well, what are you goin' to do now?"
"Nothing until after we have talked with those who know more than we do
about such things."
Sam immediately relapsed into silence. His superior knowledge had been
scorned, and he proposed to let his companions understand that he was
not pleased with them.
By the time the boys reached the bend in the creek they could see the
boat in which were Long Jim and his companion, half a mile behind, and
Dan said:
"Those fellows don't know me. When we land you and Sam had better keep
out of sight, while I try to find out where they go after striking the
fair ground."
"All right. It's time I helped Tim, an' you'll come to the cane-board if
there is anything to tell."
"So I don't amount to anything, eh?" Sam asked, sulkily.
"Of course you do; but it would be foolish to make a show of yourself to
Long Jim, who would remember you. Keep rowing around in the boat as if
you were at work, and there'll be no chance for suspicion."
By this time the little craft was at the landing stage of the
boat-house, and two of the party leaped out, leaving the third feeling
that he had been unjustly deprived of a very large portion of his
rights.
"If them fellers think they're goin' to get the best of me they're
makin' a big mistake, an' I'll show 'em so before night. They don't know
any more about bein' detectives than a cat; but both will be mightily
surprised before mornin', or I'm mistaken."
Then, instead of rowing around the creek as Dan had suggested, Sam
pulled out into the middle of the stream, looking wondrous wise and
determined as he awaited the coming of those whose secret he had
partially discovered.
Meanwhile Teddy and Dan, without the slightest suspicion of what their
friend proposed to do, separated at the landing stage, the former making
all haste to reach his cane-board, where he found Tim doing a thriving
business, and standing near by was Hazelton.
"Where have you been?" the jewelry fakir asked, solicitously. "I've come
here two or three times without finding you, and had almost begun to
believe old Nathan succeeded in getting a warrant."
Teddy was undecided as to whether he should tell this acquaintance of
all he had seen or not; but, after some deliberation, and in view of the
fact that he also had been accused of the burglary, concluded to do so.
"We've found out where Long Jim is hiding the stuff he stole from my
uncle," he said, and then explained what had been done during the last
hour.
Hazelton was surprised that so much information had been gained; but he
was able to cause Teddy an equal amount of astonishment.
"I don't believe the packages you saw came from the old man's store. I
heard, about two hours ago, that a store here in town was robbed last
night, and it isn't dead sure, after your uncle's accusations, and what
I have done on the fair grounds, that I sha'n't be arrested on
suspicion. Most likely the goods taken down the creek were stolen here;
but I don't understand why those fellows should work so boldly."
"Probably they think, as one of them said the other night, while so many
articles are being carried to and fro."
"Very likely that may be true, and now comes the question of what shall
be done regarding the information you have gained. I stand in a mighty
delicate position, and, quite naturally, want to save myself, if
possible, for even an arrest when there is little or no proof, ain't to
be contemplated calmly."
"You ought to know better than I how we should go to work. Dan an' I
thought there would be plenty of time, for if those fellows were going
to skip very soon they wouldn't have taken the trouble to carry the
stuff down there, where it could not be gotten away quickly."
"I'll think the matter over, Teddy, and come back here in a couple of
hours," Hazelton said, after a moment's thought.
"Don't tell anyone what you found out until after seeing me again."
This conversation had been carried on at the rear of the cane-board,
where the customers could not overhear it, and when the jewelry fakir
walked toward the exhibition building it was necessary to satisfy Tim's
curiosity regarding what had been accomplished.
"I don't s'pose it's any of my business," the latter said, when Teddy
concluded the story; "but I wouldn't be afraid to bet all I shall earn
this week that you'll have trouble with that feller before the scrape is
over. He knows so awful much that somethin' tough is bound to happen."
Teddy did not think there was any good cause for alarm, more especially
since he felt confident Dan would keep an eye on the oarsman, and during
the next two hours he thought of nothing save earning money, for
customers were plenty, and even with the assistance of the boy Tim had
engaged it was all he and his clerk could do to wait upon those who were
anxious to win a cane or knife.
Now and then some of the other fakirs would visit him; but, as a rule,
all were so busy that there was little time for the exchange of
compliments, and even the cry of "Three rings for five cents, with the
chance to get a dollar cane or knife for nothing!" was not needed to
stimulate trade.
It was two hours from the time of his return when Dan came up looking
decidedly uneasy, and Teddy did not stop to make change for the man who
had just patronized him, before he asked, hurriedly:
"Now, what's up?"
"Sam is missing."
"What do you mean? How can that be?"
"He was to row around the creek near the landing; but for the last hour
no one has seen him, and, what is more, the boat can't be found. Long
Jim an' his friend haven't come ashore, as near as I can make out, an'
it looks to me as if that foolish Sam has got into trouble through
trying to play detective."
CHAPTER XV.
_SAM'S ADVENTURES._
In order to explain Sam's absence, and one or two other incidents in
their regular sequence, it is necessary to go back to the moment when,
his friends having landed, the amateur detective was left to his own
devices.
His first impulse was to report his arrival to the manager of the boat
exhibit, and then go about his routine duties, but before this very
proper plan could be carried into effect he chanced to see Hazelton on
the shore.
"Now, what's he layin' around there for?" Sam asked of himself. "I'll
bet Dan or Teddy has given the whole snap away, an' he's come to pull in
the burglars. It's a mighty mean trick for them to play after I've
worked the case so far that there's nothing to do but nab 'em. He'll get
all the praise, an' folks won't know the job was managed by me."
The longer Sam thought of this apparent ingratitude and treachery on the
part of Teddy and Dan the more angry he grew, and it did not require
many moments' thought for him to succeed in convincing himself that he
had been very shabbily treated.
Continuing to talk to himself, or rather at the tiller, on which his
eyes were fixed, he added:
"Folks have said so much about their savin' them women from drownin',
when I mighter done the same thing if I'd been willin' to make a fool of
myself, that they want to scoop in everything; but I could stop this
little game by jest goin' ahead on my own hook. If I sneaked down the
creek an' brought back the stuff them men have been hidin' people would
begin to know how much I understand about detective work."
This appeared in his mind as the most brilliant scheme he had ever
conceived, and in a very few seconds Sam decided that it should be
carried into effect.
First, and with no very well-defined idea of why such a course was
necessary, he rowed cautiously to and fro past the landing stage,
scrutinizing closely every face he saw, and mentally hugging himself
because of the excitement which would be caused by his return with the
stolen property.
Then he turned the boat, and began to row down the creek, stopping every
few seconds to gaze around in such a mysterious manner that the
suspicions of any one who observed him would have been instantly
aroused.
In this manner, which he believed the only true way for a first-class
detective to approach his prey, Sam had rowed less than half a mile when
he saw Long Jim and his companion returning.
Now the time had come when true cunning was necessary, and the amateur
detective began to display it by pulling the boat sharply around,
heading her for an indentation on the opposite shore.
Here he ran her bow aground, and lying at full length in the bottom,
peered out at the men in the most stealthy manner.
They had already taken notice of his erratic movements, and now regarded
him intently, but, without checking the headway of their own craft, in a
few minutes were beyond sight around the bend.
"There," Sam said, with a long-drawn breath of relief, as he arose to a
sitting posture, "if Teddy an' Dan had been here them fellers would have
tumbled to the whole racket, but I've put 'em off the scent, an' will
have plenty of time to do my work."
He pulled out from the shore once more, gazed long and earnestly up and
down the creek, and then, in the same ridiculous manner as before,
continued the journey.
The trip which should have consumed no more than an hour even with the
most indolent oarsman, was not completed until twice that time had
elapsed, and then fully fifteen minutes were spent by this very cautious
boy in landing.
He pulled his boat up high out of the water, and, in order to conceal
her, heaped such a pile of dry grass on top of her that it must have
attracted the attention of any one passing, more especially those who
were familiar with the creek.
This done he went toward the barn after the fashion of an old-time stage
villain, halting at the slightest sound, and peering in every direction,
fancying himself surrounded by foes.
Not until he had circled completely around the barn twice did he venture
to enter, and then, much to his disappointment, there was nothing to be
seen. The building appeared to be absolutely empty, and even his eagle
eye failed to discover any traces of recent occupancy.
"Well, this is mighty funny," he said, with a sigh of disappointment.
"Them fellers surely brought a lot of stuff in here, but they must have
carried it out again."
Having expended so much labor and time in reaching this place, he did
not intend to return until after making a thorough search, however, and
to this end he investigated one possible hiding-place after another,
pulling up the boards of the rude flooring, and peering into places
where nothing larger than a mouse could have been hidden.
During this time the burglars were returning with all possible speed.
Sam's actions, both as he came down the creek, and also while screening
himself from view, were so suspicious that, guilty as the men were, they
immediately concluded what was very near the truth.
Long Jim recognized the boy as having been with Teddy when the bargain
for the imaginary cane-board was made, and instead of returning to the
fair grounds the two watched, from a point of vantage on the bank, until
Master Sam had landed.
His purpose was now evident, and it was necessary the burglars should
resort to desperate measures to prevent the loss of their ill-gotten
gains as well as to save themselves from imprisonment.
When they arrived where it was possible to look into the barn, Sam was
on his knees scraping away the dirt which appeared to have been recently
disturbed, and they heard him say in a tone of exultation:
"I've got to it at last, an' now we'll see what Teddy an' Dan have to
say when I flash the whole lot of stuff up with nobody to help me. I
reckon----"
He did not finish the sentence, for at that moment Long Jim stepped
directly in front of him, as he asked:
"Did you leave anything here, my son?"
"No--I--I--that is--you see----"
Sam was so frightened that he could not say another word. It seemed as
if his tongue was swollen to twice its natural size, while his throat
was parched and dry, and to make bad matters worse, he had entirely
neglected to invent a plausible excuse for his presence there in case of
an interruption.
"I asked if you'd left anything here?" Long Jim repeated, very mildly.
"Well--well---- You see I jest come down to--to---- I thought, perhaps,
I might find something, but it's time I was gettin' back to the fair,
'cause the folks will be needin' me."
As he spoke he attempted to back toward the door, but before taking half
a dozen steps a cry of fear burst from his lips, for a heavy hand was
laid with no gentle force on his shirt collar, and he staggered forward
helplessly.
"That's an invitation for you to hold on a bit, an' have a little
conversation with two gentlemen who are mighty curious to know why you
came here," Long Jim said, grimly. "You're goin' to tell us the whole
partic'lars, or there won't be enough left of you to be seen under a
microscope."
Sam made no reply. He was literally dazed with fear, and just at that
moment he thought the life of a detective very disagreeable.
"Come, speak up, an' be quick about it," the man cried, fiercely. "We've
got no time to waste on sich cubs as you, an' in about two minutes
you'll get worse'n we served out the other night."
"That wasn't me follerin' you from the museum tent," Sam said, quickly,
thinking possibly this fact might work in his favor.
"Who was it?"
"Teddy an' Dan."
"Who is Dan?"
"A feller who works for the Stevens Arms Company up at the fair."
"Why did they follow us?"
"Teddy wanted to get back the money he gave you to buy a cane-board
with."
"If he knows what's wise for him he'll stop any such rackets, or he may
get more'n he bargains for."
Then the second man, who still held firmly to Sam's collar, asked, as he
shook his prisoner vigorously:
"How did you know we had been here?"
"Us fellers saw you come down in a boat."
"So all three are in the secret, eh?"
Sam's only thought was that he might possibly save his own skin, and he
replied in the affirmative, although he must have known that by such
answer he was destroying his friends' chances of recovering the goods.
"Where are the fools now?" Long Jim asked, angrily.
"Up at the fair."
"What do they intend to do?"
"Get somebody to arrest you."
"Then we've got to skip mighty lively, Phil," and Long Jim looked up at
his companion.
"Yes; but if my advice had been follered we wouldn't be in this scrape.
You was the only one the cubs knew, an' by keepin' out of sight we
mighter finished the work that's been laid out. You're so pig-headed
that a yoke of oxen couldn't keep you in hidin'."
"There's no use fightin' about it now; for we've got to get a move on us
in short order. It won't do to let this boy have a chance to give the
alarm."
"Of course not. Lash him up somewhere so he can't make a noise, an' his
chums will come before he starves to death."
"Don't do that!" Sam cried, in an agony of terror. "I won't say a word
about your catchin' me here, an' I'll do anything you say."
"Oh, you're a nice plum to make promises, ain't you. It didn't take much
persuadin' to make you go back on your friends, an' that's enough to
show whether you can be trusted. Get the rope out of the boat, Phil, an'
then we'll make ready for a long jump."
Phil obeyed, grumbling as he went because his partner had refused to
take his advice, thus plunging both of them into danger, and Long Jim
turned his attention to the prisoner once more.
"Before we leave this part of the country for good I'm goin' to give you
somethin' to remember us by so's you won't go 'round stickin' your nose
into other people's business agin."
"What are you goin' to do?" Sam asked, his face growing even paler than
before.
"Give you the worst floggin' a boy ever had. I'd do it now if there
wasn't so much work to be got through."
Sam had sufficient sense to know that all his pleadings for mercy would
be in vain, and he held his peace until Phil returned with a long coil
of rope which had been used as a boat's painter.
One of the beams at the end of the barn served as a post to which to
lash the prisoner, and here the amateur detective was made fast in such
a skillful manner that he could not so much as move his arms.
"Shall we gag him now?" Phil asked, and Long Jim replied:
"No, there's time enough.
"He can't make any one hear if he yells his best, an' I've got a little
business to settle before he's trussed up for good."
CHAPTER XVI.
_MISSING._
When Dan informed Teddy that Sam was missing, and suggested the
possibility of the burglars having gotten him in their power, both the
boys were decidedly alarmed; but the matter ceased to appear as serious
after it had been discussed in all its bearings.
"Long Jim wouldn't have dared to spirit him away when there are so many
people around," Teddy said, after a long silence, during which he was
trying to imagine what Sam might have done. "Besides, what would be the
good of taking him if we were left behind?"
"Perhaps they count on hauling us in, too."
"That isn't to be thought of for a moment. They don't want to burden
themselves with a lot of boys when every effort must be made to get the
stolen property out of this section of the country before they are
discovered."
"I'll allow all that sounds reasonable, but where is Sam?"
"Of course I don't know. Do you think he would dare to go down the
river again after we landed?"
"No, indeed; he's too much of a coward for that. If there's been any
funny business it was done when the men got back."
"Then we have no need to worry, for there are hundreds of people on the
bank of the creek all the time, an' Sam would know enough to yell if
anybody tried to steal him."
The idea that the amateur detective might be stolen seemed so comical to
Dan that he gave way to mirth, and what had promised to be a most
sorrowful visit speedily became a merry one.
"He had permission to remain away from the exhibition building during
the rest of the day," Teddy finally said, "an' most likely he's goin' to
take advantage of it by roaming around the grounds, exercising his
detective faculties. He'll turn up at the museum to-night all right,
with a big yarn to tell about his supposed adventures."
"I reckon you're right; but I did get a little rattled when his boss
asked me where he was. I'll come back this way when it's time to go to
supper."
"Wait a minute. I'm mighty hungry now, an' business has been so good
that I can afford to treat to sandwiches an' lemonade, if you'll go with
me over to the grand stand. I'll bring you back something, Tim," he
added, as he leaped over the railing.
Dan said he could remain away half an hour from the rifle exhibit, and
Teddy was now so easy in mind concerning money matters that he resolved
to have thirty minutes of sport.
The boys first made a tour of that portion of the grounds where the
fakirs were congregated, stopping a moment to see the whip dealer
lashing a pine stake to show the quality of his goods, and then watching
the "Great African Dodger," who thrust his woolly head through an
aperture in a canvas screen for all those to throw balls at who were
inclined to pay the price.
Then they stopped at the "envelope game," where were spread on a stand a
large collection of cheap, gaudy goods, each bearing a printed number,
every one supposed to correspond with those contained in a box of
envelopes, and this fakir was doing a big business, as was shown by the
fact that he could afford to hire a barker, who cried continually at the
full strength of his lungs:
"Come up now, and try your luck! Here's where we have all prizes and no
blanks! Ten cents buys an envelope, with the privilege of drawing for
yourself, so there can be no job put up against you, and every number
calls for some one of the many valuable articles in the layout. Here's a
gentleman who spends only ten cents and gets a pair of those beautiful,
triple-plated, double-expansion, fine pure metal cuff buttons, worth two
dollars at some stores!"
"Come on!" Dan said, impatiently. "That fellow is almost as big a snide
as Hazelton."
"How do you make that out? I can see a lot of things that cost more than
a dollar. Look at the silver watch, and the revolver."
"That may be all very well; but no one except a fellow who is interested
in the business gets any of those articles."
"You can select any envelope you choose."
"That's right; but the ones with the numbers calling for the big prizes
are lying flat in the box where nobody can get them. If you should
accuse the man of cheating he would turn the whole thing upside down,
and then, of course, they could be found. Here comes a fellow who I know
is cappin' for that fakir. Watch how he does it."
The apparent stranger approached the stand, and after some talk as to
how the game was run, invested ten cents.
The man did not open the envelope he drew; but handed it to the fakir,
who, pretending to look at the card it contained, shouted:
"Number fifty-four. The gentleman has drawn that beautiful solid silver
watch worth fifty dollars, and I will give him thirty for his bargain."
The stranger showed his prize to the crowd that clustered around him,
and business was increased wonderfully, for it had apparently been
proven that the game was conducted fairly.
"Now watch him," Dan said, as the stranger walked away with his prize
ostentatiously displayed, and the two boys followed a short distance
off, until they saw him halt behind a booth, where he turned the article
won over to a barker who had approached.
"That's the way it is done," Dan said, "and when we come back you'll see
the same watch on the layout."
Teddy was rapidly being initiated in the tricks of the fakirs, and the
more he saw the more firmly was he resolved not to follow the business
longer than the present week, although he believed his own game to be an
honest one.
The cheap jewelry dealer; the man who had been selling the remnants of a
stock of knives made by a manufacturer who "had bankrupted himself by
putting into them too expensive material;" the fakir with the dolls
which were to be knocked down by balls thrown from a certain distance,
with a prize of one cigar if the customer could tumble two over, and the
peanut-candy dealer were visited in turn, and then the boys were
attracted by the sound of Hazelton's voice.
He was plying his peculiar trade again, and by the appearance of the
crowd was meeting with great success.
"Let's see how he gets out of it this time," Teddy suggested, and Dan
agreed.
The fakir had arrived at that point where he was giving away the
supposed watches, and the boys listened until they saw his preparations
for departure.
"What beats me is how he gets clear every time," Dan whispered. "I
should think after he had swindled four or five hundred, some of them
would lay for a chance to get even with him."
"He says they do, an' that's why he left his satchel with me."
Hazelton recognized the boys just as he was telling that Nathan
Hargreaves might possibly act as his agent after the close of the fair,
and nodded pleasantly, as he gathered up the reins; but this was one of
the occasions when he was not to be allowed to go scot free.
Two stalwart-looking fellows were standing near the head of the horse,
and when the fakir would have driven off they seized the bridle, one of
them shouting:
"Come down with that money! This is the second time I've seen you do us
countrymen up to-day, and now you've got to square things."
Hazelton swung his whip around, striking the speaker full in the face,
and causing the horse to plunge and rear, but yet the fellows kept their
hold.
The whip was pulled from the fakir's hand, and in an instant it appeared
as if a riot had begun. Those who had been content to keep secret the
fact of having been swindled now grew bold as they saw there was a
leader in the movement, and more than a hundred leaped forward to seize
the representative of the alleged jewelry manufacturers.
"He'll be killed!" Teddy shouted, and would have attempted to go to the
assistance of the man who had been kind to him, despite the fact that he
could not have aided him in any way against so many; but for the fact
that Dan pulled him back, as he shouted:
"Can't you see that it would be fifty to one if you should go in that
crowd? We couldn't help him, and what's the use of gettin' a big lickin'
for nothing? Besides, what would become of your business if the people
here thought you were his partner?"
Before Dan ceased speaking Teddy realized how useless would be any
effort of his, and he remained passive, trying to get a glimpse of the
ill-fated fakir.
The numbers who beset him completely hid Hazelton from view. The
carriage had been overturned by the first desperate rush of the victims,
and the horse was clearing a space around himself by the free use of his
heels.
"They'll commit murder!" Teddy cried.
"I don't believe it'll be quite as bad as that; but he won't be likely
to give away any more lockets while this fair lasts."
As a matter of fact, Hazelton was not left to fight the battle alone.
Like every other fakir engaged in that peculiar business, he had several
partners whose duty it was to mingle with the crowd for the purpose of
intimidating any who might be disposed to make trouble, and these had
closed in upon him, while some of the more timid spectators shouted for
the constables.
[Illustration: "Run as you never did before, Teddy, for if they get hold
of us it'll be a bad job all around!"]
Once Teddy caught a glimpse of the unfortunate man; his glossy hat was
gone, his clothing torn, and his face covered with blood.
"I can see him now!" he cried, "and it looks as if they had about used
him up, for----"
Before he could finish the sentence a stranger rushed toward him, and
showing the familiar black satchel in his hand, said hurriedly:
"Get out of here with that. Hazelton will see you some time this
evening. Don't stop a minute!"
Before the boy could reply the stranger was forcing his way through the
struggling, yelling crowd, in order to aid his partner, and Teddy said
in dismay:
"Now we are in a muss. Here is all his money, an' if anybody sees us
with it we'll have a tough time."
"You can't throw it away, an' we must sneak off," Dan said, and the
expression on his face told how distressed he was that such a
responsibility had been thrust upon them.
"Shall we go back to the stand?"
"No, that would never do, for then they would be sure to vent their
anger on you. Go up to the museum; Mr. Sweet knows Hazelton, an' may be
willin' to help him by keeping the satchel till the row is over."
These words had been spoken as the boys were trying to make their way
through the fringe of spectators which had hemmed them in since the
fight began, and after some difficulty they succeeded; but at the same
moment one of the combatants, who had received more than his share of
punishment, emerged close by their side.
He saw Hazelton's satchel, and recognized it.
"Come here, fellows! two little villains are making off with the money!
That's what we want!"
He at once started in pursuit, as did several others, and Dan cried, as
he helped carry the burden:
"Run as you never did before, Teddy, for if they get hold of us it'll be
a bad job all around!"
CHAPTER XVII.
_A TERRIBLE NIGHT._
At just about the same moment when Teddy and Dan were running with
Hazelton's money at full speed toward the museum tent, with the chance
of escape very much against them, Sam was in a decidedly painful frame
of mind.
After he had been securely tied the two men conversed in low tones for
several minutes, and then, as if having arrived at some definite
conclusion, began to make preparations for leaving the place.
At the same spot where Sam had been interrupted while scraping away the
dirt they proceeded to dig with a shovel which Phil procured from
somewhere outside the building, and during this labor the prisoner could
hear fragments of the conversation.
Once Long Jim ceased his work long enough to say:
"When you come to look at the matter quietly it doesn't seem as if we'd
got into sich a very bad scrape. You can manage to bring the rest of
the stuff down the creek between now an' Friday mornin' and I've got a
plan for givin' anybody who may come after us a good clue to the boy's
disappearance."
Phil made some remark which Sam could not hear, and his companion
replied in a louder tone:
"It can all be done so's to make folks think we've gone up the creek,
an' we've got to lay low for a while, which won't be a hard job while
the weather is warm."
"But I don't like the idea of totin' that cub with us so long."
"I'll take care of him, an' will make him earn his board, or somethin's
bound to break."
From this time until several packages were unearthed Sam could hear
nothing; but what had already been said was sufficient to convince him
that he was to have a very unpleasant experience, and for at least the
hundredth time he fervently wished he had never so much as heard of
detective work.
After the goods had been brought to light the earth was replaced in the
excavation and pounded down carefully. Then fully half an hour was spent
digging in different places, probably for the purpose of misleading any
one who might come there in search of plunder, for Phil said in a tone
of satisfaction as he ceased the apparently aimless labor:
"It'll take at least a day before all of these suspicious looking spots
have been investigated, an' in the meanwhile, unless we're chumps, we
shall know what's goin' on. I'll take one load to the boat; make sure
the coast is clear, an' then the three of us can carry the balance. Have
the boy ready for a quick move, an' see to it that he can't give an
alarm."
"I'll knock his head off if he so much as thinks of such a thing," and
as Phil disappeared with a portion of the plunder Long Jim began to
unfasten Sam's bonds, saying as he did so:
"We've made up our minds to hold you with us a few days 'cause you're
sich jolly company. If you obey orders an' keep your mouth shut there's
a chance of gettin' outer this scrape mighty easy; but I'd slit your
throat in a jiffy if you tried to give us the slip or made any noise."
Sam made no reply; but his captor could see very plainly that the boy
was nearly paralyzed with fright, and it was safe to infer he would
follow the instructions given to the letter.
Phil returned in a very short time and reported:
"The coast is clear. There's not a craft to be seen on the creek, an' we
can leave without danger."
The rope had been removed from Sam's limbs, and Long Jim proceeded to
load him down with bundles until he staggered under the weight.
"Now, see that you walk a chalk line," the burglar said, fiercely.
"Foller Phil, an' I'll keep behind to make sure there are no tricks
played. Remember what I promised!"
The men could carry the remainder of the goods in one load, and the
three went out of the barn hurriedly, Sam not daring to so much as lift
his eyes from the ground lest Long Jim's threat should be carried into
execution.
Arriving at the water's edge the boat was loaded, the prisoner ordered
to take his place at the oars, and then the final preparations were
made.
Phil uncovered the boat in which Sam had come, launched and overturned
her. Then taking the hat from the unresisting boy's head, threw it far
out in the channel, afterward giving the little craft a shove which sent
her a long distance from the shore. Next the two oars were sent after
the hat, and Phil said with a laugh:
"The current ain't very strong; but with the aid of the wind I reckon
that stuff will drift up to the fair grounds before dark."
Sam's despair was already so great that it did not seem as if it could
be increased; but the last vestige of hope fled when he realized that
these things had been done in order to make it appear as if he were
dead.
"Teddy and Dan won't think of huntin' for me after the boat is found,"
he thought, "an' these men are sure to kill me before this scrape is
over!"
The two burglars seated themselves comfortably in the stern-sheets, the
packages being placed at the bow to trim the craft properly, and Long
Jim said, sternly:
"You've been showin' off your skill as an oarsman for two or three days,
an' we want you to do it now. Put in your best licks, for it'll be tough
if we don't get through the water mighty fast."
Even Sam's worst enemy would have pitied him at this moment. No galley
slave chained to his seat could have been more utterly helpless, and he
exerted himself to the utmost in order to please those who professed to
be so willing to punish or kill.
Every stroke of the oars took them farther away from the fair grounds,
and each puff of wind carried the evidences of the prisoner's death
nearer the only ones who might take the trouble to search for him.
Not until fully an hour had passed did the burglars give any sign of a
desire to end the journey, and then Long Jim said:
"We must be six miles from the fair grounds by this time, an' that is as
far as you'll want to pull to-night, Phil. There should be plenty of
good hidin'-places in this bit of woods, an' I think we'd better haul
up."
"All right. Steer her into that ditch over there, an' we'll look
around."
Thus far in his experience as a detective this was the only thing Sam
had had for which to be thankful. His arms were so tired that it seemed
as if he could not have pulled another stroke, and his clothes were
literally wet from the perspiration that came from his body.
Phil went ashore, leaving his companion to watch the almost exhausted
prisoner, and in a few moments the former shouted:
"Load that cub up, an' bring him over here. This is a capital place to
locate in for a couple of days."
Staggering under the heavy burden Long Jim placed on his shoulders the
amateur detective was forced on through the underbrush in advance of his
captor until the two arrived at a perfect tangle of cedars.
Phil returned to the boat for the remainder of the goods, and all the
plunder was placed inside the thicket where the foliage was so dense
that one might have passed within a few feet of the spot and not had any
suspicion men were hidden there.
A tiny brook ran past one side of the hiding-place, and Sam took
advantage of the opportunity to check his raging thirst while the men
were laying plans for the future.
"I'll go back soon after sunset," Phil said, as he lighted his pipe and
proceeded to make himself comfortable. "We can leave the boy here to
look out for the stuff, an' you'd better come with me up to the barn
so's to learn if any one visits the place. I shall be back before
morning, an' you can let me know if the coast is clear."
"Shall you try to finish the job we were talkin' about?"
"No; things are so hot jest now that it won't pay to take any more risks
than are absolutely necessary. What we want is to get out of this
portion of the country as soon as possible."
"All right. I'll leave you to manage the rest of the business, an'
promise to follow orders."
"I think it's about time you said that, Jim. If my plans had been
carried out in the first place we wouldn't be in sich a muss; but could
be havin' the cream of the pickin's at the fair."
"Well, what's the use of harpin' on that all the time? The thing has
been done, an' we've got to make the best of it. Do you think it'll be
safe to leave this cub here alone while we're away?"
"It will be when I get through with him," was the grim reply, and Sam,
terrified by the vagueness of this remark, more even than he had been by
the plain language previously used, cried, piteously:
"Please don't leave me here alone to-night! I'll pull the boat, an' do
everything you say, without so much as yippin'."
"Them as starts out in the detective business have to take what comes,
'specially when their own foolishness brings it about. You joined our
party of your own accord, my son, an' must put up with what we choose to
give."
Sam said nothing more. He was reaping what he had sowed, and decided
that matters could not be much worse even if he was caught trying to
escape, therefore he resolved to take desperate chances in an effort to
give his captors the slip.
There was no opportunity to make the attempt, on this night at least,
for when Phil had finished smoking he proceeded in a very methodical
manner to secure the prisoner.
Sam was ordered to seat himself on the ground, with his back to the
trunk of a cedar-tree, and he was fastened skillfully, with his elbows
tied back in such a manner that he could not bring his hands together.
Both feet were bound, and then, with a sudden movement, Phil forced the
boy's mouth open, shoving into it a short piece of pine wood about an
inch and a half in diameter.
This was secured in such a manner that the prisoner could not free
himself from the uncomfortable bridle, neither would it be possible for
him to make the slightest outcry.
"Now, don't shout for help while we are gone, an' unless the bears eat
you up we shall meet again about daybreak," Phil said, with a coarse
laugh as he and Jim went out of the thicket toward the creek.
Poor Sam had never thought of the possibility that there might be bears
in this section of the country until the burglar suggested it, and he
was so terrified as not to realize it was impossible there could be any
dangerous animals in such a thickly-settled portion of the State.
Therefore, in addition to the danger to be apprehended from his captors,
he had constantly before his mind this new cause for fear. The rustling
of the leaves, the flight of a bird as it sought a perch for the night,
or the soughing of the wind among the branches were to him so many
proofs that a violent death would be his before morning.
If the beginning of the hours of darkness was so terrible it can well be
fancied how he suffered before another day dawned.
CHAPTER XVIII.
_A NARROW ESCAPE._
Neither Teddy nor Dan had any hope of reaching the museum tent before
their pursuers could overtake them, and although both knew what might be
the result if they were taken with the jewelry fakir's money and goods
in their possession, they did not for a moment think of abandoning the
property.
The cries of those in the rear attracted the attention of the spectators
elsewhere on the grounds, and without waiting to learn the cause of the
trouble hundreds of men and boys joined in the chase, all shouting at
the full strength of their lungs:
"Stop thief! Stop thief!"
The distance to be traversed was nearly a quarter of a mile; but the
many turns the boys were forced to make in order to avoid those who were
ready to capture them doubled this, and they were yet very far from the
goal when a burly, red-faced man jumped in front of them.
It seemed as if capture was inevitable; but Teddy resorted to the last
means of defense, and was successful.
Letting go his hold of the satchel he lowered his head, leaped forward
with full force, striking the officious stranger full in the stomach.
The man, not anticipating such an attack at a moment when he almost had
his hands upon the supposed thieves, was bowled over like a nine-pin,
and, jumping quickly aside, Teddy caught hold of the satchel once more.
By this time both the boys were so nearly winded that speech was well
nigh impossible; but Dan managed to gasp admiringly:
"You're a dandy, old fellow," and then, with one supreme effort,
increased his pace a trifle.
It was fortunate that there were no spectators in front of Mr. Sweet's
tent when the boys came in sight of it. The barker was lounging in a
chair outside, and on catching a glimpse of the boys recognized them
immediately.
The crowd in pursuit would have told a duller man than he professed to
be that there had been some serious trouble, and, running to meet the
boys as if to intercept them, he cried:
"Circle around the canvas, an' crawl underneath, so's that gang won't
see where you've gone!"
The fugitives understood the scheme at once, and making a short detour
as if to avoid him, dashed under the guy-ropes at one end, gaining the
interior of the tent before the pursuers arrived.
Mr. Sweet had just started toward the flap to ascertain the cause of the
commotion when the boys entered, and, thinking himself about to be
attacked, leaped quickly back as he seized an ironbound stake.
"Oh, it's you, eh?" he said, on recognizing the intruders. "What's up?
Are you the thieves they're yellin' for?"
Teddy was hardly able to speak; but he held up the satchel, as he
panted:
"Hazelton's--they're killin' him--he--wants--this--saved."
"Yes, I understand it now. Jump into the wagon an' get under the stuff
there. I'll take the valise. Them kind of fakirs are bound to come to
grief sooner or later, an' honest people get into a muss tryin' to help
'em. I'd like to see the fair where them kinds of games wasn't allowed;
but don't s'pose I ever shall, although it's always promised."
While Mr. Sweet had been grumbling, and at the same time concealing the
satchel under the box containing the snakes, the boys were doing their
best to hide themselves beneath the litter of ropes and canvas which had
been carelessly thrown into the wagon.
In the meantime the pursuers came up, discovered the unpleasant fact
that the fugitives were no longer in sight, and began to parley with the
barker.
"I tried to catch 'em," the boys heard the latter say; "but they got
around the tent before I had time to find out what the matter was."
"They've gone inside!" one of the crowd shouted. "Don't let's allow
swindlers to get the best of us so easy!"
"That's the way to talk!" another cried. "We'll have 'em out if the show
has to come down!"
At this moment Mr. Sweet, looking calm and undisturbed, emerged from the
flap.
"Bring out them boys, or down comes your tent!" a man yelled.
"I reckon the wisest plan for you to pursue is to wait till I find out
what all this means," the proprietor of the museum said loudly, at the
same time beckoning the barker and the clown to his side. "It looks to
me as if this was the same gang who came here last night tryin' to clean
us out, an' warrants for their arrest are in the hands of the constables
now. I paid one hundred dollars for the privilege of exhibitin' here,
an' that means I'm to have all the protection the managers of this fair
and the authorities of the town can give me. I've warned you off; but if
you still want to finish up the work of last night, an' the constables
don't come in time, there are three of us here who are good for twice
that number of your gang, an' when a man gets a tap over the head with
one of these he's not in it any longer!"
Mr. Sweet flourished the heavy stake as he spoke, and his employes
showed that they were armed in the same manner.
"We didn't come to disturb you," one of the crowd said, in a milder
tone, as the greater number fell back before the threats made of
invoking the aid of the law. "All we want is a valise two boys brought
here, for in it is quite a pile of our money."
"How did they get it from you?" the proprietor of the museum asked for
the purpose of gaining time in the hope the constables would put in an
appearance.
"We were swindled by a jewelry agent, an' are goin' to get back our
own."
"Oh, you are, eh? Well, I haven't got the stuff; but if you allow
yourselves to be swindled, will you help matters by turning thieves? You
can sue the man who has done you up; but there's a penalty for stealing,
as you will find out if you keep on in this way."
The less impetuous among the pursuers understood that the showman was
speaking only the truth, and, now that they had an opportunity for
reflection, began to be ashamed of the part they were playing. One by
one walked away without making any further remonstrance, and in a short
time only a dozen or so remained in front of the tent.
All these were young men, and several had been drinking, therefore the
danger was not yet past.
"You stand here and brain the first man who attempts to enter," Mr.
Sweet said, as he disappeared inside the tent. Then hurrying to where
Teddy and Dan were hidden, he whispered:
"It may be possible that in order to avoid a row I shall be obliged to
let this gang in. There is no one behind the canvas, and you can slip
out readily. Go directly back where you belong, an' if anybody accuses
you of being the boys who brought away the valise deny it. I'm goin' to
make a big bluff about lookin' for constables, an' the minute you hear
me talking, move lively."
"What about Hazelton's money?" Teddy asked.
"He'll find it here when he dares to come for it."
An instant later the fugitives heard him say from the outside:
"I propose to call for help in case you very respectable young gentleman
should take a notion to break in and steal."
"All we ask is that you'll turn out them boys," one of the party
replied, angrily, "for, whether it's stealing or not, we're bound to
have that fakir's money."
"That part of it is nothing to me. There are no boys inside, an' if you
want to go in one at a time, so there'll be no chance of gettin' the
best of me an' destroyin' my property, I don't think there'll be any
objection made."
"Now's our time before they come?" Dan whispered, as he slipped softly
down from the wagon, and Teddy followed.
It was but the work of a moment to raise the canvas and step out. There
was absolutely no one in sight. The tent had been erected near the edge
of the grounds, and there was nothing in the vicinity to attract the
sightseers.
"We'll get over the fence, an' come in through the main gate. It's
better to pay for admission than to let people suspect we were the ones
who have been chased."
"Go on; I'll stay close at your heels."
Five minutes later they were walking along the dusty road looking as
innocent as possible, and feeling comparatively safe.
"Do you suppose any one will know us?" Teddy asked after they had
trudged some distance in silence.
"There can't be much danger of that. All the crowd saw were our backs,
and, besides, after those fellows cool off they'll be ashamed of
themselves. I don't reckon you'll have any trouble; but I may get it hot
from the boss because I've been away so long."
"I guess there won't be much danger of that; but if anything should
happen come to my stand. After what has happened I reckon I can afford
to whack up with you on some of the profits, especially since every one
says to-morrow is to be such a big day. Where do you suppose Hazelton
is?"
"He must have had a chance to get off when the men started for us; but
I'll bet he don't look as nice as he did this morning."
By this time the boys were at the ticket-office, and, paying the price
of admission, they walked into the inclosure without attracting the
slightest attention.
On the way to his place of business Teddy chanced to think of the errand
on which they had started out, and he bought a generous supply of
sandwiches for Dan, Tim, and himself.
When the two arrived at the cane-board business was at its height, and
the clerk and his assistant were having quite as much as they could do
to attend to the customers.
This saved Teddy the necessity of entering into any explanation while
strangers were near, and he immediately went to work, not having an idle
moment until nearly nightfall, when the greater portion of the visitors
had departed.
"Where did you and Dan go that you staid away so long?" Tim asked as he
and Teddy began to pack up the stock of canes and knives.
"Oh, it's a long story; I'll tell you all about it while we are eating
supper," Teddy replied, with a significant look in the direction of the
assistant.
Tim understood that there was some secret regarding the matter, and he
at once proceeded to get rid of a possible eavesdropper by saying to the
assistant:
"Here's the money I promised. There's no need of your stayin' any
longer."
"Shall I come to work in the morning?"
Tim looked toward his employer, and the latter said:
"Yes, of course, if it is pleasant weather. Everybody says there'll be a
bigger crowd than ever, an' I reckon we shall have work enough for all
hands."
The boy had but just taken his departure when Dan approached, looking
very mournful.
"Have you been bounced?" Teddy cried, excitedly.
"Not a bit of it; but look here," and Dan held up a straw hat. "That's
poor Sam's! His boat has been found bottom up, an' this, with one of the
oars, was fished out of the creek a few moments ago. While we were
talking rough about him the poor boy was drowning!"
CHAPTER XIX.
_THE ARREST._
Teddy was dazed by the tidings and apparent proof of Sam's death.
Without being able to explain why, it seemed as if the amateur detective
was not the sort of a boy who might be expected to depart this life
suddenly, and the news saddened him wonderfully.
"Just think," he said, "the poor fellow wouldn't try to save the women
because of the danger of approaching a drowning person, and in such a
short time he himself is at the bottom of the creek."
"If he has got any folks some word ought to be sent to them."
"I never heard him say whether he had or not. Will any one search for
the body?"
"The man who represents the Davis Company says he will have men out in
the morning, if it is possible to hire any; if not, there will be plenty
wanting a job by Saturday, and he can then get all he wants. It's bound
to be a long search, for there's no telling where the boat capsized."
Nothing save Sam's untimely fate was spoken of during the time they were
packing up the goods and carrying them to the tent, and then Mr. Sweet,
after having been told the sad news, said, without commenting upon it:
"You boys had better go to supper now, an' get back before dark, for
there's no knowin' but that some of those fellows who called on me may
be waiting to take their revenge out on you."
"How did you get rid of them?" Dan asked.
"That part of it was as easy as rollin' off a log, after you boys were
out of sight. I let 'em in one at a time, an' the chumps never tumbled
to the fact that you had gone under the canvas. They came to the
conclusion you must have climbed over the fence, an' we didn't take the
trouble to show them the mistake. It was a close shave, though. At one
time, when I was talkin' so loud about stealing, I thought we'd have the
toughest kind of a row."
"Is the money all right?"
"It's jest where I left it, an' won't be touched till he comes to claim
it, unless you boys want to take charge of the property."
"Indeed we don't," Teddy replied, quickly. "I've had all I want of such
caretaking."
"Then go to supper, an' hurry back."
The boys waited only long enough to stow their goods in the wagon, and
then Mr. Sweet's advice was acted upon.
As a matter of course Tim wanted to know what the proprietor of the
museum had been talking about, and as they were walking across the
grounds Teddy told the whole story, concluding by saying:
"It was a little the worst scrape I ever got into; but after the money
had been placed in our hands, and the man who left it went off, we
couldn't do different from what we did."
"That Hazelton had no business to get you into such a row," Tim replied,
indignantly. "Why didn't he hang on to the stuff, an' take his lickin'
like a man?"
"I don't think he knew it was to be given to us. The fellow who did it
had seen him leave the satchel with us once, most likely, an' when there
was danger of being robbed, believed we could look out for it again.
It's the last time such a thing will happen, for I'm going to tell
Hazelton that I don't want to be mixed up in his business."
At this point Dan changed the subject of conversation by speculating
upon the way in which Sam met his death, and this topic was such a
mournful one that nothing else was thought of until the party returned
to the tent once more.
Then came the question of how much money had been taken in during the
day, and after figuring up the amount he had spent, Teddy reckoned the
cash on hand, announcing the result as follows:
"Countin' what I paid out, we've taken sixty-one dollars an' seventy
cents since morning. It don't seem reasonable, but a feller has to
believe it after seein' the money."
"You'll have a much better trade to-morrow, if it is fair, and you're
not recognized as one of the boys who helped to get Hazelton's money
away," Mr. Sweet said, cheerily. "I predict that the receipts will
figure up hard on to a hundred dollars."
Teddy gasped like a person who is suddenly submerged in cold water at
the thought of earning so much, and he realized that if such should be
the case he would be able to assist his mother very materially.
"I'll pay you, Tim, before I get so dazzled as to forget it," he said,
with a laugh, and the clerk felt almost as rich as his employer when he
received six dollars and seventeen cents for a day's labor which came
very near being sport.
"I only wish the fair held on for six months," he said gleefully. "It
seems too bad that there are only two days more, for Saturday never
counts."
"You can go to the Holtown fair, and try it for yourself. I'll give you
what stock we have left on hand."
"Then I'll do it," Tim replied, emphatically, and straightway he began
to speculate as to the enormous amount of money he would earn.
Teddy tied his money in as compact a package as possible, intending to
give it to his mother when she should arrive on the morrow, and Mr.
Sweet had advised that all hands "turn in" early, when the flap was
raised, admitting a man who appeared to be covered with adhesive plaster
and bandages.
Not until the newcomer had approached within the circle of light cast by
the lantern did the occupants of the tent recognize him as the jewelry
fakir, and Teddy cried in surprise:
"Why, Mr. Hazelton! We didn't expect to see you to-night!"
"Did you think I was dead?"
"It looked as if you would be killed for a certainty, and you did get
pretty well done up."
"Yes; as the reports of the prize fights put it, 'I'm badly disfigured,
but still in the ring.' Was the money taken away all right?"
"Mr. Sweet has hidden it."
"And how did you come out of the scrape?"
"If it hadn't been for the folks here we should have fared about the
same as you did."
"I'm sorry, my boy, that you were dragged into the matter, and it
wouldn't have happened if I'd understood what Kelly was going to do. He
knew you could be trusted, and so turned it over; but it was a mean
situation to put you in."
"It wasn't pleasant for any of us," Mr. Sweet said; "but you can thank
the boys for hanging on to the bag as if it had been their own. Most
fellows of their age would have dropped it long before reaching here.
How did you get off?"
"When the cry was raised that the money had gone the greater portion of
the crowd started in pursuit, an' my partners and I managed to hold our
own until a couple of constables came up. They took charge of the team,
and gave us a chance to slip through the gates."
"What are you going to do now? Try it to-morrow?"
"With this face? Well, I should say not. There is a fellow here who has
bought my right to the privilege, and I shall leave Peach Bottom early
in the morning."
"That's about the best thing you can do, and I'd advise that you don't
spend much time out of doors until then."
"I'm not intending to. It was necessary to come here, and, unless you
object, I'll stay a while so's they will have time to sober up a bit."
"You're welcome to what we've got, even if I don't like your way of
doing business."
"I want to straighten matters with the boys, and if they----"
Hazelton did not finish the sentence, for at that moment the canvas flap
was pushed aside and a man entered with an unmistakable air of
authority.
"Hold on there, friend," Mr. Sweet shouted. "We don't allow visitors at
this time of night."
"I understand that, but reckon you won't make any very big kick when I
tell you that I'm one of the deputy sheriffs of this county, and have
come to serve a warrant."
"On whom?"
"Frank Hazelton, who claims to be an agent for a firm of jewelry
manufacturers. I believe you're the man," he added, approaching the
disfigured fakir.
"You've got that part of it straight enough, but what am I to be
arrested for?"
"You are suspected of being concerned in the burglary which was
committed in this town last night."
Hazelton did not express nearly as much surprise as the boys, who were
really dazed by the announcement.
"So Hargreaves has finally succeeded," the fakir said half to himself,
and the officer replied, quickly:
"This has nothing to do with old Nathan's affair, although it does look
as if the two burglaries were committed by the same person."
Hazelton remained silent several seconds, during which time the sheriff
waited patiently for him to say he was ready to go, and then he asked:
"Can I speak to one of these boys in private. It has nothing to do with
the charge, but I want him to aid me in getting a good lawyer."
"I am sorry to say I must hear all that is talked about, however
trifling it may be."
"Well, I don't suppose it can make much difference," and without rising
from his seat, Hazelton continued, "Teddy, you believe I had nothing to
do with this thing?"
"I can tell what I heard those----"
"Don't tell anything yet a while; at least, not now. I want you to do
this for me: After the fair closes go to that merchant who was so kind
to you, and explain to him the whole affair, including your suspicions.
Ask him to direct you to the best attorney in the county; get all the
money from Mr. Sweet that may be needed, and pay the lawyer's fee. Send
him to me as soon afterward as possible. It is nothing more serious than
lying in jail a few days, and that won't be such a great hardship, now
I've got this face on me."
"Shall I----"
"There is no need of saying anything more," Hazelton interrupted,
fearing the boy was about to speak of the money the proprietor of the
museum had hidden. "The merchant will understand and advise if you tell
him everything--that is, I think he will; but in case he refuses, talk
with some one else whom you can trust."
As he finished speaking the fakir arose to his feet, motioned to the
officer, and walked directly out of the tent without so much as bidding
the others goodby.
No one spoke until after he had been absent several minutes, and then
Teddy asked, with a long-drawn sigh:
"Do you think he will come out all right, Mr. Sweet?"
"That's hard to say, for I don't know how much proof they may have
against him. It's his business that has done a great deal toward
inducing a magistrate to issue the warrant, for once a man shows himself
to be a swindler, anything else can readily be believed of him."
"But what about his money?" Dan asked.
"That is to be handed over to Teddy."
"What have I got to do with it?" the boy asked, in amazement.
"He told us that as plainly as he dared to talk before the officer, and
we'll count it out, after which his stock in trade shall be buried, for
I want nothing to do with it."
CHAPTER XX.
_A PROPOSITION._
Teddy had the most decided objections to taking charge of Hazelton's
money, and for several reasons. In the first place he did not want to
have the responsibility, and again, the fact of its being in his
possession seemed to make him a partner in the business.
Mr. Sweet was determined, however. He insisted that Hazelton had stated
this as plainly as was possible under the circumstances, and, despite
the boy's protests, immediately began the transfer.
"It shall be done in such a way that he can't accuse you of having taken
any," the proprietor said, as he pulled the satchel from its
hiding-place and broke the lock open with a hatchet. "We'll count it in
the presence of all hands, and each one shall give Teddy a written
statement of how much was found."
An exclamation of surprise burst from Tim's lips as the receptacle was
spread out on the ground, for it appeared to be literally crammed with
money.
Mr. Sweet separated the silver from the bank notes, spreading both on
the ground where they could be seen by every person present, and then he
counted them slowly, taking care that the spectators were following his
every movement.
"I make it three hundred an' forty-eight dollars," he announced. "If
there's anybody here who ain't sure that's right, say so now."
Each member of the party had seen the amount counted, and agreed with
the result as declared by Mr. Sweet, who forthwith wrote the following:
We, the undersigned, have seen a valise belonging to Frank
Hazelton broken open, and certify that three hundred and
forty-eight dollars, the only money found therein, was handed
by Jacob Sweet to Edward Hargreaves in conformance with the
orders, as we understood them, from the said Frank Hazelton.
"Now I want every one to sign that," Mr. Sweet said, as he handed his
lead-pencil first to the barker, "and then Teddy and I will have some
proof of the amount."
It required quite a while for all to conform with the wishes of the
proprietor of the museum, owing to the fact that several of the party
were far from being skillful penmen, but the task was finally
accomplished, and as the money was handed to Teddy, the latter asked,
ruefully:
"What shall I do with it? I'm afraid of losing so much."
"That's a risk Hazelton is bound to take. Fasten it in your clothes
somehow, an' be sure you don't get into any row where it can be stolen."
By the aid of many pins, and with the assistance of both Dan and Tim,
Teddy finally succeeded in disposing of the money about his person in
such a way that it was not an unusual burden, and then Mr. Sweet
insisted that all hands should try to get some rest in order to be fresh
for the supposedly enormous amount of work to be done on the following
day.
Teddy lay down on the ground with the others, but it was many hours
before his eyes were closed in slumber. Sam's untimely death, the
guardianship of so much money, and his own business affairs all served
to keep his eyes open until nearly midnight, when he fell into a sleep
so troubled by frightful dreams that it was far from being restful.
It seemed as if he had but just lost consciousness when Mr. Sweet
aroused him with the information that the "big" day of the fair was
breaking.
"Turn out an' get your breakfast before sunrise, for on this morning the
early bird will pick up many a penny while the lazy ones are yet in bed,
an' fakirs must make hay when the sun shines."
Teddy was on his feet in an instant, and half an hour later, having
broken his fast, he was at the booth with his clerk and Dan, the latter
volunteering his assistance until the exhibition buildings should be
opened.
The proprietor of the museum had advised him well; the receipts of the
cane and knife boards were nearly five dollars before more than half of
the booths were in condition for trade, because the trains were running
unusually early in order to accommodate the crowds, and when Dan felt
obliged to leave, business was so good that the proprietor, clerk, and
assistant were all working industriously.
"If I can get off I'll see you about noon," Dan said, as he walked away,
and Teddy replied:
"Be sure to come, for mother will be here, and I want you to meet her."
From that time until nine o'clock the crowd increased in numbers, and as
Teddy said during a lull in business, "it seemed as if the grounds were
so full that no more could get in."
When Mrs. Hargreaves arrived her son could pay little attention to her,
but he proposed that she should amuse herself by looking at the
different exhibits until nearly noon, when he stated that he would take
an hour off, no matter how great a rush of customers might be around his
booth.
"I earned sixty dollars yesterday, an' before night I'll have a hundred
more, so there's little doubt that this week's work as a fakir will
enable me to pay all you owe on the house," he whispered, triumphantly,
and his mother walked away, hardly daring to believe what Teddy had told
her.
During the next hour it seemed as if a steady stream of money was
flowing into the box, and Teddy was feeling confident that Mr. Sweet's
prediction would prove to be correct, when the one especial man he
wanted to see came up with a folded paper in his hand.
It was the merchant from Waterville, and he said, as he handed the
document to the boy:
"Here is the receipted bill, and I am more than glad to see you doing so
well."
"Can I talk with you for five minutes?" Teddy asked, hardly noticing the
paper as he put it in his pocket.
"As long as you want to. What is the matter? Running out of stock?"
"Oh, no, your clerk made such a good selection for me that I've got all
I shall need. This is something more important."
Then Teddy hurriedly told the merchant how and where he had first met
Hazelton; explained fully what the latter's business was; of the
accusations made by Uncle Nathan; what he and Dan had heard and seen,
and concluded by repeating the request made by the fakir as he was led
away to jail.
"Are you willing to do anything for him?" the boy asked, as his story
was finished.
"I can't say it is a matter which appeals very strongly to my
sympathies, because of the swindles he perpetrated, but if it is an
unjust accusation something should be done to help him. The one lawyer
above all others who can be of assistance came over with me this
morning. I will see him, and later in the day you shall have a call from
us."
"Before you go I wish you would take this money," Teddy said, earnestly.
"It is too large an amount for me to carry around, and it will be safe
with you."
The merchant consented to take charge of Hazelton's ill-gotten gains,
and Teddy felt decidedly relieved when the cash was in another's
keeping, and he had nothing of more value than an acknowledgment of the
same to look after.
"In this matter I shall recognize no other order than yours," the
merchant said when the transaction was concluded, "and if the fakir
should succeed in regaining his liberty he must come to you for the
necessary document.
"I don't care how it is fixed so long as the money is not in my hands,"
Teddy replied, in a tone of satisfaction, and then he was called upon to
attend to another rush of customers, every one of whom was eager to be
waited upon first.
Another hour passed, and it was more evident than before that Mr. Sweet
had been correct when he stated the sum which should be taken in at the
cane-board.
Teddy, having breakfasted early, was so hungry that he was on the point
of going out to buy a supply of sandwiches, when another visitor
arrived.
This was no less a personage than Uncle Nathan, and he greeted his
nephew with the utmost cordiality, as he said:
"It looks to me as if you were makin' a power of money here, Teddy. I
had no idea these triflin' games would so attract the people."
Glad to be on pleasant terms with the old man once more, Teddy stated
that they had been at work very hard since the first train arrived, and
concluded by saying:
"I took over sixty dollars yesterday, and Mr. Sweet says it'll come near
to a hundred to-day."
"Sixty dollars!" the old man cried. "Are you telling me the truth, Teddy
Hargreaves?"
"Of course I am, an' I've got the money in my pocket to prove it."
"Why, at this rate you'll soon be a rich man, for you don't seem to lose
much of the stock."
"We buy a good many canes or knives back. When a man puts a ring over
one that he don't want we take it in, and give him five more chances. In
that way there is very little goes out compared to the amount of money
received."
Uncle Nathan looked around at the players for a moment, and then in a
very confidential tone he whispered:
"See here, Teddy, don't you want a partner? I'll pay for the stock you
bought, an'----"
"I've already done that out of yesterday's receipts," Teddy cried. "All
the bills are settled, an' what comes in now is clear profit."
"But suppose I stood here an' called up the people I know, don't you
think it would make business better?"
"And if it should, do you think we could attend to more customers? Every
minute I talk with you is so much money lost, for the other fellers
can't pick up rings an' make change fast enough."
"Does that mean you don't want to go into business with me?" the old man
asked, angrily.
"No; but it means that there would be no reason for doing such a thing.
I've got no debts, an' there are more customers than can be attended to
on so small a board. If you'd made the proposition last Monday it would
have been different, but now you can't expect me, after taking all the
risk, to divide after the work has been done."
"Who lent you the money to start, Teddy Hargreaves?" Uncle Nathan cried,
his face growing purple with rage.
"You did."
"And how have you repaid such generosity? How----"
"I gave you three dollars for the use of fifteen two days," was the
prompt reply.
"But how have you repaid me for remaining inactive after my money was
stolen?"
"That was something which did not concern me, therefore I had nothing to
repay."
"It has a great deal to do with you, as shall be shown before this day
is ended, unless you consent to take me as an equal partner in this
enterprise. Your friend in crime has been arrested, and I can swear that
he turned over to you his ill-gotten gains. One word from me at this
time and you will be in the same prison."
The fact of his having been threatened before made Teddy bold, and he
said, quietly:
"I won't pay you for holding your tongue, Uncle Nathan, so do whatever
you choose."
"I will inform the authorities of all I have learned this morning, and
we shall see what the result will be," the old man cried, in a fury, as
he walked away, and despite the bold bearing he had assumed Teddy firmly
believed that if the magistrate who issued the warrant for Hazelton's
arrest should know he was in possession of the fakir's money, he would
be brought before a bar of justice to explain matters.
CHAPTER XXI.
WITH THE BURGLARS.
It is well to look in upon Sam during his enforced vigil of Wednesday
night.
For at least two hours after the burglars had departed he thought of
nothing save that he would soon be killed, and, perhaps, devoured by
wild animals. Then the pain in his jaw and limbs became so great, owing
to the tightly bound cords and his inability to move, that his
sufferings overcame the fear to a certain extent, and he had not even
the poor consolation of being able to give vent to an audible groan.
Notwithstanding the mental and bodily torture he did sleep occasionally
during the night, which appeared to be of twenty-four hours' duration,
and never had he heard a sweeter sound than when his captors approached,
the hum of their voices reaching him before the noise of their
footsteps.
The burglars were laden with packages of what appeared to be
merchandise, and by the faint light of the coming day Sam could see
that they looked heated and tired.
"Well, how's our detective?" Long Jim asked, with a laugh, as he threw
himself on the ground by the boy's side. "Has he decided to arrest his
victims, or will he give them a little show of leaving the country?"
As a matter of course Sam could not make any reply; but the expression
in his eyes must have told of the suffering which he was forced to
endure, for Phil said, as he began to untie the rope holding the gag in
place:
"There's no need of keepin' him trussed up any longer, an' I reckon
it'll be a relief to have a chance to use his tongue once more."
Even when he was free the prisoner was unable to do more than roll upon
his side. His limbs were so stiff and cramped that he had no power over
them, and he could not have risen to his feet just at that moment if his
life had depended upon it.
Jim seemed to think all this was very comical, for he laughed loudly at
the prisoner's helplessness, and suggested that if he intended to follow
the business of a detective to practice remaining in one position in
order to avoid such a complete collapse when fortune should again be so
unkind to him as she had been in this particular case.
When the burglar's mirth finally ceased the two men lighted their pipes,
and proceeded to enjoy a season of repose after so much fatiguing work,
while Sam was left to recover as best he might.
Fully half an hour elapsed before he succeeded in crawling to the brook
where he quenched his thirst, and then his one desire was for sleep.
Stretched out on the ground within a few feet of his captors the
blissful unconsciousness of slumber came upon him, and the sun was high
in the heavens before he awoke.
Long Jim was seated on the turf, his back against a tree, and a quantity
of food spread out in front of him; but Phil was not in sight.
"Well, it strikes me you've been takin' things mighty comfortable," the
man said, with a grunt. "Don't give yourself so far over to a life of
pleasure as to forget that I promised to give you the greatest floggin'
of your life before we part, for then you won't be so much surprised
when it comes."
The sight of the food caused Sam to realize how very hungry he was, and,
regardless of the subject introduced by Jim, he asked, timidly:
"Can't I have somethin' to eat?"
"I don't think you can, my son. In the first place you haven't earned
it, an' then, again, my partner an' I may need all the grub we've got on
hand."
Then, as if reconsidering his determination, the man selected two small
crackers, tossing them to Sam as he cut a slice of boiled ham for
himself.
"That's more'n you deserve," he said, as the prisoner began to devour
them eagerly; "so don't count on gettin' another bite to-day."
Sam literally devoured the food, and then went once more to the brook to
wash down the dry repast.
It seemed as if the crackers increased rather than satisfied his hunger,
and he watched Jim eagerly as the latter finished a generous meal of
meat, cheese, and hard-boiled eggs.
The burglar lighted his pipe, and paid no attention to the hungry boy,
who now had ample time for reflection.
He remembered that this was the important day of the fair, and pictured
to himself Teddy and Dan at their work enjoying themselves at the same
time they were making money. Then he thought of what he might be doing
if the detective fever had not taken so firm a hold upon him, and,
despite all efforts to prevent it, the tears coursed down his cheeks,
plowing wide furrows in the dirt with which his face was encrusted.
This painful revery was not prolonged. Shortly before noon Phil came
into the hiding-place, his face wearing an expression of entire
satisfaction.
"I reckon we needn't be afraid any one will be here lookin' for us now
our detective has been drowned," he exclaimed.
"What's up?" Jim asked.
"Hazelton, the fakir, has been arrested for the burglary at Peach
Bottom, an' men are draggin' the creek to find the body of the boy who
worked for the Davis Boat Company."
Sam actually shuddered at the thought that people were looking for his
corpse, and it gave him an "uncanny" feeling, this idea that he was
numbered with the dead.
"When was the arrest made?" Jim asked.
"Last night. Old Nathan from the Run says the fakir turned over a lot of
money to the boy who was goin' to buy your cane-board, an' it looks very
much as if he would be locked up with the man whom people believe is his
partner."
"Nothin' said about what the cubs saw at the barn?"
"Not a word."
"Then we can count on havin' the balance of this week in which to leave
the country."
"As much as that, if not more. Another load will get the stuff together;
but I've been thinkin' we'd better bury it here, an' not try to move a
thing for a month or two."
"In that case we'd be obliged to take that specimen along," and Jim
pointed with a contemptuous gesture toward Sam. "It wouldn't do to let
go of him while there was a chance of his givin' the game away."
"I'll 'tend to that part of it, an' guarantee he won't be in condition
to make us much trouble," Phil said so confidently that Sam began to
shake as with an ague fit, for it seemed positive to him this burglar
had decided upon his murder.
"If things were so comfortable like why don't you try to make a dollar,
for I reckon there's a big crowd at the fair?"
"The grounds are packed; but it ain't exactly safe to do much business,"
and Phil told of the assault upon Hazelton. "The whole boilin' of 'em
now think everybody's tryin' to work some swindle," he added, "an' the
consequence is that it would go hard with any feller who should slip up.
We've done enough for one week, an' I'd rather not take chances till
this stuff is off our hands."
"Do you count on goin' back agin to-day?"
"What's the use?"
"I only asked, for you're managin' this whole thing now."
"My idea was to sneak up alone to-night; take on the balance of the
stuff, an' then lay low till Saturday evenin', when we'll make the big
break."
"It's goin' to be mighty dull business sittin' here with nothin' to do,"
Jim replied, in a tone of complaint.
"I don't see how we can fix it much quicker, unless we go to-morrow,
while there are so many around."
It was evident Jim did not relish the idea of leaving everything to his
companion, and the latter so understood the expression on his friend's
face, for he said, angrily:
"You're cookin' up some foolish scheme now, an' in spite of all I can do
to prevent it we'll probably succeed in gettin' nabbed before matters
are arranged as they should be."
"Oh, you're too smart, that's what ails you. Take all the soft snaps,
an' leave me here to suck my thumbs without even the chance of movin'
around."
"If you think it's sich a snap to row up there an' back, why don't you
try your hand."
"That's jest what I'm willin' to do. Anything's better'n stayin' here,
an' I'd like you to have a taste of it."
Sam, who was expecting each moment to see the thieves come to blows,
understood at once that this arrangement did not please Phil; but he
made no further objection than to say:
"If you wasn't so blamed careless I'd like to have you do a share of the
hard work; but it's ten to one you'll contrive to let everybody know you
are there."
"I may not be so all-fired smart as you think you are, but I ain't quite
a fool. Why, I've managed bigger things than this when you was around
beggin' for something' to eat, 'cause you was too chicken-hearted to do
this kind of work."
"You'd better not say too much; I've stuck by you when worse men would
have a' given you the cold shake, an' don't intend to take any guff,
especially since I've had sich hard work to get us out of the scrape you
jumped into."
"I shall talk, an' if you don't want to listen, there are plenty of
places to lay off in outside of this."
Then the two thieves glared at each other several moments in silence,
and finally Phil said, with a mirthless laugh:
"We won't fight till this job is finished. Go an' get the balance of the
stuff, an' we'll make a break whenever you are ready; but after one pull
up an' back there'll be somebody besides me who'll think it hard work."
Then, in order to heal the breach which had opened between them, Phil
produced a suspicious looking black bottle from his pocket, and handed
it without comment to his partner.
"Why didn't you bring this out before, an' then, perhaps, the business
would 'a' looked different?" Jim growled, as he drank long and deep;
"but it won't make any difference about my goin' up the creek."
"That's all right; I'm satisfied."
As the two men began to drink a great hope sprang up in Sam's heart that
they would become so stupefied by the liquor that he might make his
escape. They had not thought it necessary to replace the bonds
which had cost him so much suffering, and at the first signs of
unconsciousness he resolved to make one dash for liberty, either by
taking to the boat, or attempting to make his way toward the fair
grounds on that side of the creek.
There was no such good fortune in store for the prisoner, however. The
men drank themselves into the most friendly humor, and then the supply
of liquor was exhausted.
After advising Jim not to start until sunset, Phil lay down to sleep,
and Sam thought it wise to feign slumber also, lest the wakeful burglar
should take it into his head to administer the promised flogging in
order to pass the time more agreeably.
CHAPTER XXII.
_A DISASTER._
Teddy was decidedly uncomfortable in mind after Uncle Nathan departed.
By a combination of circumstances which could not well have been
avoided, he had been made to appear as a confederate of Hazelton, and if
all the facts concerning his relations with the fakir should become
known public opinion would he against him.
He did not allow these forebodings to interfere with business, however.
Customers were plenty; the nickels were coming in as rapidly as he could
make change, and Tim had no hesitancy in saying that Mr. Sweet had set
their receipts of one day considerably too low.
"We've done twice as much as we did yesterday at this time, an' I'm
countin' on gettin' twelve or fifteen dollars as my share of this day's
work."
"It looks as though you wouldn't be disappointed, and that's a fact. I
wish I knew where we could get a few more canes, for we've lost quite a
good many this morning."
"There's no time to go to Waterville; but we can shorten the board by
putting the uprights closer together, an' that'll make the layout look
all right. Here comes your mother, an' if you want to go off with her
I'll promise to keep things goin' here."
That was exactly what Teddy did want to do. He felt that it was
necessary she should know the true condition of affairs, and he could
not talk with her confidentially near the cane-board, therefore when she
came up he proposed that they walk toward the grand stand, where the
Waterville band was doing its best to put in the shade the performances
of the musicians from the Run.
"You are looking worried, Teddy," Mrs. Hargreaves said, as they moved
away in the proposed direction. "What is the matter? Isn't business as
good as you expected?"
"It is a great deal better; but Uncle Nathan has been here again, and
this time I'm afraid it is in his power to do me some harm."
Then Teddy told his mother all that had happened, explaining in detail
the suspicions which might be aroused against him, and she was quite as
disturbed as he when the recital was finished.
"I will talk with him myself," she said, after some thought.
"Don't do anything of the kind, for then he will be worse than ever,
thinking he can frighten me into giving half of all I have made, and
that I won't do, no matter how many warrants he gets out."
"But Teddy, don't you think----"
Mrs. Hargreaves was interrupted by a cry from a half-intoxicated man who
halted directly in front of the young fakir, and shouted to some of his
companions in the rear:
"Here he is! This is the sneak who helped take that jewelry swindler's
money away. I saw him then, an' can swear to his face."
As a matter of course the tone as well as the words was sufficient to
attract a crowd in this place where the throng was so dense that one
could only make his way from one portion of the grounds to the other
with the greatest difficulty, and for a moment, while Teddy stood unable
to decide what should be said or done, every person looked at him
threateningly.
"His partner has been arrested, an' we'll serve him in the same way,"
the man continued, as he advanced toward the boy.
"Why do you want to talk to me like that?" Teddy cried, looking around
in vain for a friend. "There are plenty of people here who know me, for
I live down at the Run, an' never swindled anybody."
"That's a lie!" the man replied, fiercely, seizing the boy by the
collar.
"It's the truth!" Mrs. Hargreaves cried. "I'm his mother, and we have
lived at the Run ever since he was born. Deacon Jones is our neighbor,
and he can answer for the truth of it."
[Illustration: "I tell you to let go of him. He is an acquaintance"]
"I'll see whether he can or not," and the bully was about to drag Teddy
away, aided by his half-intoxicated friend, when a familiar voice from
the outskirts of the crowd cried:
"Hold on there! What are you about?"
"I've caught the feller what sneaked away the jewelry swindler's money,
an' am goin' to put him with his partner."
"You are going to take your hand off his collar this instant, or get
yourself into trouble," and the merchant from Waterville forced his way
through the throng until he stood by Teddy's side.
"Is that you, Mr. Reaves?" the bully asked, in surprise. "Well, you
don't want to interfere in this business, for the boy is a bad one all
the way through. He was deep enough to get the best of us yesterday; but
he won't be so lucky now."
"I tell you to let go of him. He is an acquaintance of mine whom I would
trust a good deal sooner than some whom I see now."
"But you are makin' a big mistake, Mr. Reaves, for I saw him makin' off
with the valise where our money had been put."
It was evident the bully had considerable respect for the merchant, for
he released his hold on Teddy; but was determined that the boy's
alleged character should be made known to all in the vicinity.
"I happen to know all about that affair," Mr. Reaves replied, as he led
Teddy and his mother out of the throng, "and if you want the full
particulars of the affair come to my store when you are more sober than
now."
A very large number of those present were acquainted with the merchant,
and for the majority his statement was sufficient to absolve Teddy of
wrongdoing; but a few, among whom were the intoxicated party and his
friends, vowed to sift the matter more thoroughly before the fair came
to an end.
Mrs. Hargreaves was terribly excited, and at once insisted that Teddy
should go home with her immediately, regardless of how much money he was
making; but Mr. Reaves said in a matter-of-fact tone, as if such
incidents were of everyday occurrence:
"It would be foolish for him to do that, more especially since it would
be a tacit acknowledgment of guilt, and, besides, his business here is
too valuable to be abandoned simply because a drunken rowdy chooses to
make trouble. I was on my way to see him; I have found a lawyer who will
under-take Hazelton's case, and he can at the same time give Teddy some
good advice."
Then the merchant introduced Mr. Harvey as the most prominent attorney
in the county, and, offering Mrs. Hargreaves his arm, added:
"We will go toward the cane-board, and give them an opportunity to talk.
"There is a great deal to be said which cannot interest us, and when
they are done we shall be readily found."
The widow could do no less than comply, and as soon as they were
comparatively alone the lawyer said to Teddy:
"Now, I want you to begin and tell me the whole story from the time your
money was stolen until this minute. Don't omit any particulars because
you may chance to think they are not important; but give every detail,
and thus I shall be made acquainted with your own case as well as that
of Hazelton."
Teddy obeyed this command to the letter. He dwelt upon the most minute
transaction or trifling movement at sufficient length to give the
listener a clear idea of all that had happened, and laid bare his own
business affairs, even to the extent of making the lawyer acquainted
with the amount of receipts each day.
"I don't suppose it makes any difference what I think," he said, in
conclusion; "but I am almost certain Mr. Hazelton did not have anything
to do with the robbery, and even if I had suspected him, that which Dan
and I heard while we were in the museum tent would have convinced me
that the men whom we saw on the creek are the thieves."
"I believe as you do, my boy, and will send a man to the barn you speak
of this very night, although so much time has now elapsed that I have no
hope of finding anything criminating. However, regardless of what may
happen, I believe we can show that the fakir was not the guilty party,
and, to guard against a possible attack by your uncle, it will be
necessary to know exactly where we can get bail in case you should be
arrested."
"Then he can take me to jail?" Teddy asked, with quivering lips.
"If he proves what he claims to know there is no question that he will
be able to cause your arrest; but whether he can send you to prison is
an entirely different matter. I would now like to have a talk with Mr.
Reaves, and shall see you before I leave the grounds. Do not be
frightened; but continue your business as usual, and in a few moments I
will give you full particulars as to what must be done in the event
anything happens."
Teddy understood this to be an intimation that the interview was at an
end, and he started toward the cane-board, the lawyer asking as he
followed him:
"How shall I find your friend Dan?"
"Go down to the exhibit of the J. Stevens Arms and Tool Company in that
yellow-roofed building, and you will see him showing model pocket
rifles. I will go with you if you think there is any chance of missing
him."
"I can find him without difficulty. Do not leave your place of business
until after I have seen you again."
By this time they had arrived at the cane-board, where Mrs. Hargreaves,
looking decidedly relieved in mind, was talking with Mr. Reaves.
The lawyer invited the merchant to accompany him, and as the two walked
away Mrs. Hargreaves said:
"After talking with Mr. Reaves I will take back what I proposed
regarding taking you home. It is not possible that anything but the
right shall conquer in a case like this, and I believe you will come out
all right, as a boy should who has always been as obedient and loving as
you. It is time for me to be going now; but I will come back again in
the morning."
"Then take this money with you, for I don't want any more in my pockets
than is absolutely necessary," and Teddy counted out the contents of the
box which served him as a "safe."
There was but little time for any lengthy leave-taking. The customers
were plenty; Tim and his assistant had been working several hours
without cessation, and Teddy felt that it was his duty to relieve them.
"You can trust Mr. Reaves, whatever happens," his mother said, as she
kissed him goodby, "and I shall be back to-morrow to learn if you are
all right."
"Don't worry about me," Teddy replied, cheerily. "Uncle Nathan can't
have everything his own way, and he will soon discover that fact."
It seemed to Teddy that his mother had but just left him, when a party
of young men who had been talking in an apparently friendly manner
directly in front of his place of business, suddenly began to quarrel,
and before he was aware of what had happened his booth was overturned,
and a fierce battle being waged upon the ground which he fancied
belonged temporarily to him because of the money paid to the managers of
the fair as rent.
Canes, knives, rings, and timbers were thrown violently about, and,
while trying to save the property, Teddy and his clerk received several
severe blows intended for some of the combatants.
CHAPTER XXIII.
_A SECOND ARREST._
When the fight began Teddy's first thought was that it had been
prearranged by some one who wanted to do him an injury without taking
the chances of being arrested on a charge of malicious mischief.
Tim believed it to be a scheme for robbing the money box, and while the
combatants were struggling close around him he emptied the contents into
his trousers pockets, regardless of the chance blows received meanwhile.
That both were wrong in their conjectures could be told later, as the
fight assumed the proportions of a small riot, and the battle ground was
soon shifted to an open space in front of the exhibition buildings.
It was nothing more than a causeless row such as is often witnessed at
fairs where intoxicating beverages are sold, and which start from
comparatively nothing, illustrating the proverb: "See what a great fire
a little spark can kindle."
"This is goin' to knock our hundred dollars in the head," Tim said,
ruefully, as he began to gather up the scattered stock when the
combatants had surged to and fro until they were some distance from the
wrecked cane-board. "It'll take an hour to straighten things out, an'
all that time will be the same as lost."
"It might be worse," Teddy replied, philosophically, "and, besides, we
shouldn't be able to do any business while that row is going on. If you
hadn't thought of the money it might have been lost, for there were so
many close around me that I couldn't get at the box."
"Oh, if you want to pick somethin' good out of the trouble, I'll help.
This will give us a chance to shorten the board so the stock won't look
quite so small."
The young fakirs were ready for business in considerably less time than
they had fancied would be the case. Nearly every one on the grounds was
attracted by the riot, and among those who came to the scene of the
conflict was Dan.
Instead of watching the struggling, yelling throng, he helped Teddy and
Tim restore the booth to order, and with such aid as the assistant could
give the work was done very quickly.
Before the spectators had quieted down sufficiently to turn their
attention to sport once more everything was ready for business, and when
the constables had taken the ringleaders in the fight away, money began
once more to roll into Teddy's coffers.
Before Dan returned to his own work he heard of all that had occurred
since morning, and his comments on Uncle Nathan's behavior were more
forcible than polite.
"He's an old fool what oughter be rode on a rail till he can't see, an'
I'm goin' over to the Run before I start for home jest to give the
duffer a piece of my mind."
"I don't believe that would do either you or him any good," Teddy
replied, laughingly.
"I don't know what effect it'll have on him; but I'll feel a mighty
sight better. He shows himself to be the worst swindler on the grounds
when he tries to scare you into givin' him half you've made, for that's
what his talk means."
"If he don't do any worse than threaten I won't say a word; but he's so
mad there's no knowin' what'll happen."
"The lawyer will see that you pull through all right; but if trouble
should come, be sure to send for me. I'll manage to get off somehow."
With this assurance Dan hurried back to the exhibition buildings, and
Teddy was free to assist Tim in waiting upon the customers.
During the remainder of the afternoon the young fakirs had quite as much
as they could attend to, and then, just as trade had so fallen off that
Tim could wait upon the customers alone with the aid of the assistant,
Teddy received a call from Mr. Harvey, the lawyer.
"Come here behind the booth where we can talk without being overheard,"
he said, peremptorily, and the boy obeyed at once, asking before the
attorney had time to speak:
"Do you know if Uncle Nathan is goin' to do anything?"
"He is certainly trying very hard, and in case he should succeed in
getting a warrant, you will demand of the officer who serves it to be
taken directly to Deacon Jones. Mr. Reaves and I have just had a talk
with him, and in our absence he will render such assistance as you may
require."
"That sounds as if you believed Uncle Nathan would be able to do as he
threatened."
"It is well to be prepared for any emergency, since no man can say
exactly what may happen. During the night two constables will go to the
barn on the marshes where you saw the burglars carry some of the goods,
although I do not think any good is liable to result from the visit, for
the men have probably been frightened away by this time. Enough may be
found, however, to prove the truth of your story, and that will be
sufficient to give the thick-headed authorities an inkling that their
judgment as to who the burglars are is not infallible."
"Have you seen Mr. Hazelton yet?"
"No; but I shall call on him before going home. The best thing which
could happen now for all concerned would be the arrest of the man you
call Long Jim, and to that end both you and Dan must keep a sharp
lookout, for it is barely possible he may be bold enough to come on the
grounds again."
"But what could we do in case we did see him?"
"Follow him quietly until you meet a constable, and then insist that he
be arrested for swindling you out of fifteen dollars. There is not
sufficient proof to connect him with the robbery here or at the Run; but
I will take care that he is held long enough as a common swindler to
enable us to sift the other matter. Let me see, you said Dan was with
you at the time of the transaction in Waterville?"
"No; it was poor Sam, and now that he is dead I'm the only one who saw
Long Jim there. Do you know if they have found Sam's body?"
"I think not; men have been dragging the creek all day, and the
probabilities now are that some time will elapse before it can be
recovered. I want you to be very careful during the remainder of to-day
and to-night. Go to the tent where you sleep before dark, and do not
venture outside under any provocation, no matter what message may be
brought."
"What do you mean?" Teddy asked, in surprise.
"Nothing particular; I am only taking precautions, that is all. I shall
be here to-morrow, and will see you then."
The lawyer turned to go, and had just passed out from behind the end of
the booth when Teddy seized his arm, pulling him back very suddenly.
"There's Long Jim now!" he whispered, excitedly. "See! That man over
there by the striking machine!"
It was indeed the burglar whose partner had warned him against visiting
the fair, or even showing himself in the vicinity during the daytime. It
could be plainly seen that he was decidedly under the influence of
liquor, and he swaggered to and fro as if in his drunken brain was the
idea that no one would dare cause him trouble.
"Are you certain there is no mistake?" the lawyer asked, as he watched
the man.
"I'd be able to recognize him anywhere, no matter how he was dressed,
an' so would Dan, for Sam an' me pointed him out two or three times."
"Then the hardest portion of our work is finished. I shall have him
arrested on the charge of swindling you, and can arrange it without the
formality of first getting a warrant. It is now more necessary than ever
that you should remain where I can find you readily at any hour of the
day or night."
"Except when I go for supper, I'll be here or in the tent," Teddy
replied, and then there was no further opportunity for conversation.
Long Jim had started leisurely, and on anything rather than a straight
course, toward the grand stand, and Mr. Harvey followed so near that he
could have placed his hand on the burglar's shoulder.
Teddy watched until the two were lost to view amid the throng, and then
said to himself, with a sigh:
"I'll bet the lawyer can't find a constable, an' that Long Jim gets
clear somehow. But what I don't understand is how he dares to come
here."
He would have run down to tell Dan of the startling news had it not been
for Mr. Harvey's injunction to remain in the places designated, and he
was so nervous that only with the greatest difficulty could he wait upon
an impatient customer.
An hour passed, and nothing had been heard from either the lawyer or the
burglar.
The visitors remained later on this day than usual; but the tardy ones
were departing, and it was with a decided sense of relief that Teddy
began to pack up his stock for the night. Dan arrived before the work
was finished, and his excitement was great when he learned of what had
happened.
"Can't we go somewhere to find out if the man was arrested?" he asked,
eagerly.
"I promised to be on hand in case the lawyer should want me."
"Then we'll get the stuff to the tent, go to supper, an' afterward I'll
snoop 'round to hear the news."
All hands worked rapidly, and in ten minutes the three boys were at the
boarding-house, eating as if each moment were of the utmost importance,
when they overheard a conversation between two men at the next table
which caused them no slight degree of relief and pleasure:
"Who was that drunken fellow Constable Ford lugged off this evening?"
one of the men asked, and the other replied:
"A man who swindled a boy over at Waterville out of fifteen dollars."
"I didn't see any boy in the crowd."
"He wasn't there. Lawyer Harvey recognized the fellow, and insisted on
his arrest, sayin' that the 'Squire already knew about the case."
"I thought at first it might be some one who had been robbing the stores
around here."
"Oh, the burglar has been caught already, an' laid in jail since
yesterday."
"But he was only arrested on suspicion."
"There'll be proof enough to convict him, I reckon, an' if there isn't
he ought to be sent to jail for six months because of what he has done
on the grounds."
Then the conversation was changed to a subject in which the boys had no
interest, and Dan whispered to Teddy:
"That settles Long Jim, an' now if your lawyer is as smart as he appears
to be it won't take long to show that Hazelton didn't have anything to
do with the burglar tryin' to get me in jail," Teddy replied, with a
sigh.
"Of course it will. Things are turning out all right after all, an' if
poor Sam hadn't been drowned we'd have a reg'lar celebration to-night."
CHAPTER XXIV.
_A THIRD ARREST._
When the boys returned to the museum tent from supper they had a long
and interesting story to tell Mr. Sweet; but to their surprise, after
the recital was concluded, he said calmly:
"I knew all of that except about the burglar's arrest."
"Why, how did you hear it?" Dan asked.
"The lawyer an' the merchant have been over here twice since noon,
pumpin' me about Hazelton, an' tryin' to find out how you boys have
behaved yourselves."
"Why did they want to know anything about us?" Teddy asked, in surprise.
"So's to make sure your stories were straight. When men like them take
hold of a thing they don't want to run any chances of bein' fooled. What
has been done about Sam?"
Dan could best answer this question, and he replied:
"The body hasn't been found; but I heard the manager of the Davis Boat
Company's exhibit say that he should keep men at the work of draggin'
the creek till the work was finished. I can't get through my head how he
happened to capsize the craft, for she didn't seem to be cranky."
"That is something none of us will ever know," Mr. Sweet replied,
solemnly, and then, as if to change the mournful subject, he asked: "How
did business pan out to-day, Teddy?"
"I'll count up. We must have come pretty near to what you predicted; but
we would have done a great deal better if it hadn't been for the big
row. That made us lose at least an hour, to say nothin' of havin' six
canes broken just when we needed every one in order to make a good
show."
Then Teddy and Tim emptied the contents of their pockets on a piece of
canvas, and the other occupants of the tent waited patiently for the
result to be announced.
"It's ninety-four dollars and forty-five cents," the former said, after
counting the money twice as if doubtful of the first result. "That's a
big sum of money, but there's no chance of a mistake."
"You can figure that the row cost you six dollars," Mr. Sweet replied,
puffing vigorously at his pipe. "I haven't been 'tendin' out on fairs
these eight years without bein' able to name the amount of such a
business as yours."
"We'd have had twenty-five more but for that row," Tim said, decidedly.
"You're wrong there, my boy," and the proprietor of the museum wore an
air of one who "knows it all." "That is about as much as two boys can
take in, an' you don't want to kick, for I've seen lots of fakirs come
on to a fair ground with a better cane-board than yours an' not get
expenses. Be thankful for what you've earned, an' hope that you can pay
expenses to-morrow, for there won't be any too much money floatin'
around after such a business as we've had to-day."
"I'm more than satisfied," Teddy replied, as he set aside the amount due
Tim, and the latter appeared to be more than contented with having
earned nine dollars and forty-four cents so easily.
"You can suck your thumbs from now out," the barker said,
philosophically, "for the backbone of trade has been broken, an' the
Peach Bottom fair is already numbered with the things of the past."
"Don't you think we'll do anything more?" Teddy asked.
"Oh, yes, there'll be a little to pick up until to-morrow night, but it
won't amount to anything near like what has already been done, although
it'll be clear profit."
"Since I am more than satisfied, there's no chance of being
disappointed," Teddy replied, and at that moment the head of a stranger
appeared between the flaps of canvas.
"Is there a boy named Teddy here?" the newcomer asked.
"Well, what do you want of him?" and Mr. Sweet sprang to his feet as if
anticipating trouble.
"Nothing more than what Hazelton wanted me to say," was the reply, as
the stranger entered, evidently thinking his search was at an end.
"And what is that?" the proprietor of the museum asked, motioning Teddy
to remain silent.
"There's no need of all this secrecy with me, for I'm Hazelton's partner
in everything except the give-away game," the stranger said, with a
laugh. "It appears a man has been arrested by a party whom this boy
Teddy knows, and I'm to say that he is to come to jail very early
to-morrow morning."
Even now Mr. Sweet's suspicions were not allayed, and he asked,
cautiously:
"Could you tell me what he's wanted for?"
"Lawyer Harvey will be there, and is going to talk with him where
Hazelton can hear what is said."
"Is that all?"
"Everything; and if you see the boy, can I depend on your repeating the
message?"
"Under the circumstances there can be no harm in taking every
precaution," the proprietor of the museum replied, "and if your errand
is finished, I may as well say that this is the boy Teddy whom Hazelton
sent you to see."
"That's all right; there was no need of pointing him out; but since you
have done so, I simply want to ask if he can spare the time to do as
Hazelton and the lawyer wish?"
"Of course I can," and now Teddy spoke for himself. "Say that if nothing
happens I'll be there."
"Have you heard whether your uncle has succeeded in getting a warrant?"
the stranger asked.
"No; but Mr. Harvey seemed to think he might be able to do so, and I
don't want to make any promises that can't be carried out."
"Then I'll count on your being there, but since leaving the jail I've
heard enough to warrant my advising you to remain under cover to-night."
"Why?"
"Those fellows who started the fight when you got away with the money
are swearing vengeance. I don't think it's likely they'll attack the
tent, for, owing to the representations made by the lawyer, there'll be
a big force of constables on duty to-night; but if you should venture
outside the grounds it might be impossible to keep any engagement in the
future."
"I wasn't thinkin' of leaving here," Teddy replied; but the mere fact
that he ought not do so made him feel very uncomfortable.
"I couldn't be in any worse fix if I had committed some big crime," he
said, bitterly, "and it is tough to feel like a criminal when a fellow
is only trying to earn honest money."
"It isn't the rule that honest people fare the best," the stranger
replied, with a laugh; "but I hope you'll come out on the top of the
heap. At all events, my business here is finished and I'll go."
The folds of canvas dropped behind him, and Mr. Sweet said, musingly:
"It beats all how you boys have succeeded in getting yourselves mixed up
in this affair. If I didn't know all the circumstances I'd say there
must be some fire where there is so much smoke."
"The smoke isn't of our makin', an' Teddy's uncle can be blamed for the
most of it," Dan said, angrily. "I only wish he was here to know my
opinion of him."
"Are you talkin' about me?" Uncle Nathan asked, as he pushed aside the
canvas and entered without so much as asking permission.
"That's exactly what I was doing," Dan replied, without any show of
fear, "an' if you've been sneakin' 'round to listen, there's no need of
my tellin' over ag'in jest what I think of a man who tries to frighten
an honest boy into givin' up half of what he has made."
"An honest boy?" the old man repeated, with a sneer, and Teddy whispered
to his friend:
"Don't say anything to make him angry, for I'll only get the worst of
it."
"Of course you will," Uncle Nathan replied, having overheard the words.
"When an ungrateful wretch like you conspires to rob the hand that has
fed him he must expect to get the worst of it."
"I never took from you the value of a cent," Teddy said, stoutly, and
Dan cried as he sprang to his feet:
"If there has been any attempt at robbery, you're the guilty one, for
you've tried to steal half the money he made by threatening to have him
arrested if he didn't divide his profits."
"That was only a business proposition," the old man replied, not in the
least abashed, "and he has aided others in stealing from me."
"What do you want here?" Mr. Sweet cried, angrily. "This is my tent; I
have paid for the privilege of putting it upon these grounds, and have
the right to prevent such old hypocrites as you from entering without
paying an admission."
"Look out that you do not come within reach of the law," Uncle Nathan
replied, threateningly, stepping back quickly, as if expecting an
attack. "I am here armed with the right to take this boy, and shall
exercise it despite all that may be said. Come in, Mr. Officer."
In response to this call a constable entered, and Teddy's heart sank
within him, for he understood that the long-deferred arrest was about to
be made.
"There is your prisoner," the old man said, vindictively, as he
pointed to the boy, "and the sooner you take him to jail where he
belongs the sooner we shall be rid of a viper."
[Illustration: As the constable approached him, Teddy said, "I demand to
be first taken to Deacon Jones!"]
Teddy's grief and fear were so great that he could not speak, and even
Dan appeared to have been made dumb by this show of authority; but Mr.
Sweet was somewhat accustomed to such scenes, and he demanded:
"Show me the warrant. I do not propose to let any one be taken out of my
tent by such an old reprobate as that until I am satisfied it is done
under the sanction of the law."
"Convince yourself," Uncle Nathan replied, as the constable held out a
folded document. "That will show under what authority we act."
Sweet read it carefully, and handed it to the officer as he said to the
old man:
"This shows that the constable has the right to take Teddy to prison;
but as certain as there will be a sun in the sky to-morrow so certain
will I aid him in making you suffer for doing this thing. You know he
had nothing to do with the burglary committed at your store, and have
only had this issued in the hope of defrauding him of what he has earned
honestly."
"Talk is cheap," Uncle Nathan said, impatiently. "Officer, take your
prisoner away unless you count on stayin' here all night."
The short parley between the proprietor of the museum and the accuser
gave Teddy time to think of what the lawyer had said, and he added, as
the constable approached him:
"I demand to be first carried to Deacon Jones'."
"Now what kind of a bee have you got in your bonnet?" the old man cried,
displaying both surprise and fear. "I say you are to go to jail, an'
that settles it."
"If he wants to see the deacon I'm bound to take him there," the
constable said.
"Who's been makin' sich foolish talk to you?" Uncle Nathan screamed.
"Lawyer Harvey told me what the law was, an' I don't intend to get into
any fuss by deprivin' a prisoner of his rights," was the stolid reply.
CHAPTER XXV.
ON BAIL.
When Uncle Nathan learned that the celebrated lawyer had made
preparations for this move on his part he was literally beside himself
with rage, and vowed that the warrant should be served and the prisoner
taken to jail immediately, or he would see to it that the constable was
deprived of his commission without delay.
"I've served the warrant," the man said, quietly, "an' now the prisoner
is in my custody. You have no more to say what shall be done with him
than that goat, so shut your mouth."
"I'll shut yours so close it won't be opened again for a month!" the old
man screamed. "Do as I tell you, or take the consequences."
"And I'm goin' to give you the same advice," Mr. Sweet cried, as he
advanced toward Uncle Nathan threateningly. "Now the boy has been
arrested, you are an intruder here, an' I'll give you thirty seconds in
which to get out; after that we'll make an example of such a reprobate."
"I'll go when I get ready, an' not a minute before. Lay a hand on me
an' I'll have a warrant for you."
"If you can get it, well and good. I now order you out for the last
time. In thirty seconds I'll guarantee you won't be in condition to
walk."
While their employer had been speaking the barker and the clown silently
ranged themselves by his side, ready for any commands which might be
given, and the infuriated old man had sufficient sense left to let him
understand it would be unsafe to linger.
"I'll serve you out before this thing is ended," he cried, shaking his
fist in impotent rage as he went toward the flap, and Dan, who could
control himself no longer, replied:
"You'd better begin on me, for I'm goin' to tell this thing to everybody
who comes to the fair to-morrow, an' from what I've heard it wouldn't
take much coaxin' to get the band from the Run up here, so's I could
sing it. You're havin' a good time now; but there'll be a different side
to the matter to-morrow."
Mr. Sweet had followed Uncle Nathan so closely, literally turning him
out, that he could not reply while inside the canvas; but once in the
open air, he made threats that would have frightened any one who did not
know the motive by which they had been inspired.
Meanwhile the constable appeared disposed to take matters in the most
comfortable manner. He asked Teddy why he wished to see Deacon Jones,
and the boy said:
"I don't know; but Mr. Harvey told me that if anything happened to-night
I was to see the deacon."
"Then we'll go there. Are you ready?"
Teddy thought of his money, and, fearing lest it might be taken from
him, asked if he could hand something to Mr. Sweet.
"I think not," was the undecided reply. "The deacon will know, an'
whatever he says I'll stand by."
"Don't bother about anything just now," the proprietor of the museum
said. "We'll all go with you, an' there'll be plenty of time to make
necessary arrangements before you're taken to jail."
Although the lawyer had assured him he could be involved in no serious
trouble, the mere fact that he was under arrest sufficed to make Teddy
wretched, and like one under sentence of death, he prepared to accompany
the constable.
Dan and Tim intended to join the party, as was shown by their remaining
very close to the prisoner, and only the barker and the clown were left
to care for the tent.
Uncle Nathan was met on the outside, and he immediately began to insist
that the boy be taken to jail at once; but the officer paid no attention
to his ravings.
"If you don't hold your tongue I'll knock the whole top of your head
off," Mr. Sweet whispered, brandishing his fists in the most threatening
manner, and the old man cried, excitedly:
"Mr. Officer, I call upon you to bear witness that this man is
threatening my life, and insist that you protect me from insult."
"I've nothing to do with you," the constable replied, with a laugh. "The
warrant has been served, an' all you've got to do is hold your horses
till the case is called up in court."
"Wait till I get home once more, an' then we'll see that he's got a good
deal to do with the case," Tim cried. "I'll spend every minute from then
for a week tellin' the folks that he only did this to make Teddy give up
half of what he made, an' it'll be a pretty poor kind of a chump who'll
do any more tradin' at his store."
Uncle Nathan stepped toward the boy who had spoken so boldly as if he
would inflict the direst punishment then and there; but he probably
realized that this would prejudice his case, and contented himself by
saying:
"We'll see whether the people at the Run will believe a couple of boys
who have been in league with burglars, for you mustn't forget, Tim
Jones, that I have proof you helped Teddy to carry away the burglar's
money."
"If it'll do you any good I'll own up to the fact now," the boy
replied. "It can't be so bad to do that as it is to arrest your own
nephew because he won't give you half his money."
"Don't say anything more," Teddy whispered to his friend. "It's only
makin' matters worse, an' he's got the upper hand of us all jest now."
"I don't know whether he has or not," the valiant Tim replied; "but at
the same time it'll do him a world of good to let him hear the truth."
At this point Uncle Nathan appeared to understand that he was not coming
out victor in this battle of tongues, and he wisely held his peace,
saying not another word until the little party arrived at the home of
Deacon Jones.
The manager of the fair was resting after a particularly hard day's
work. More than one of the citizens of Peach Bottom had openly said he
was responsible for the riot by allowing liquor to be sold on the
grounds, and his greeting of the visitors was not calculated to assure
the frightened Teddy.
"Well, what do you want?" he cried, roughly, as they entered his
library. "If it's anything concerning the fair I won't open my mouth. A
man can't be driven to death with work and then disturbed at all hours
of the night, simply to give the fools in this town a chance to make
trouble."
"All I know about it is that I arrested this boy, and he insisted on
being brought to you, saying it was Lawyer Harvey's advice," the
constable began, and the angry deacon immediately began to appear
interested.
"Is this your nephew, Nathan?" he asked of the old man, who now had a
smirk of confidence on his face.
"I'm sorry he is, deacon, an' after I set him up in business he goes
ag'in me by givin' information to burglars, who rob me."
"And you have had him arrested?"
"I felt obliged to in the interest of society."
"That's a lie," Mr. Sweet interrupted, angrily. "He tried to make the
boy pay him half he earned on the fair grounds, and has done this thing
only because Teddy refused."
"We won't go into the details of the case, because I am not a
magistrate," the deacon replied, with a majestic wave of the hand. "Mr.
Officer, tell the 'Squire that I am prepared to go bail to any amount,
and ask if the business can't be conducted here, for I'm too tired to go
out of doors unless it is absolutely necessary."
"What?" the old man screamed. "Will you answer for that little villain's
appearance at court?"
"That's what I said, Nathan. This affair is none of my business other
than I have stated; but I must say you are goin' a leetle too far, not
only in my opinion, but in that of others, an' it may prove a costly job
for somebody before it's finished."
The old man was literally speechless.
He could not understand why the deacon should have turned against him so
suddenly, and the last words made him decidedly uneasy.
He was not to be silenced without a struggle, however. After the first
surprise had died away he said, with a comical assumption of dignity:
"I will see whether I'm to be browbeaten in this manner. The 'Squire
does not dare to release the boy on bail, and I shall tell him so."
With these words he left the house hurriedly, and the constable said to
the deacon:
"If you will write a line to the 'Squire, saying that you're ready to go
bail, I do not think there will be any necessity of troubling you again
to-night."
This suggestion was immediately acted upon, and the weary manager of the
fair penned the following words:
I am ready to enter security to any amount for the appearance
at court of Edward Hargreaves, and if you should not consider
my bond sufficient, I am empowered to say that John Reaves, of
Waterville, will add his name, therefore there can be no good
reason for committing him to jail, since we are both
responsible for the prisoner until the bond can be executed.
A. JONES.
Having received this the constable departed with the prisoner and his
friends, and once on the outside he said, confidently:
"The matter is settled, no matter how much old Nathan may rave. Both Mr.
Reaves an' the deacon have got the 'Squire by the nose, and he must
dance to their fiddlin'."
That this assertion was correct Teddy realized a few moments later when
he was ushered into the 'Squire's dining-room, and the latter, without
paying the slightest attention to the prisoner, said to the officer:
"I have just heard that you served the warrant I issued, and then took
the boy to Deacon Jones' house. Is that correct?"
"Straight as a string, 'Squire. Lawyer Harvey told him if anything
happened to go there, an' I thought he had a right to look up bail
before being lugged off to jail. Here's what the deacon's got to say
about it."
The 'Squire took the paper which the officer held out, and after reading
it, said benignly:
"You were quite correct in doing what you did, Mr. Constable. This is
quite sufficient guarantee that he will be produced when wanted, and you
may let him go. Give me the papers, and I will indorse them."
After this formality had been gone through with the constable said to
Mr. Sweet:
"That settles the matter so far as Teddy is concerned, and with such men
as the deacon, Mr. Reaves, and Lawyer Harvey to back him, I don't
believe old Nathan will make any too much out of this job."
"You are free to go where you please," the 'Squire added, and the young
fakir with his friends left the house, wondering very much at the amount
of influence which, unsolicited, had been exerted in Teddy's behalf.
As for the boy himself, he was far from feeling comfortable in mind.
Unless the burglary could be brought home to Long Jim it did not seem
possible that Hazelton could be set free, and this last was absolutely
necessary in order to establish his own innocence.
It was a great consolation for him to be with such good friends,
however, and each in turn tried to cheer him, but without success until
Mr. Sweet said:
"There's no question of your getting out of the scrape with flying
colors, and to celebrate I'm goin' to give a regular dinner party to
every decent fakir on the grounds. Come over, boys, an' help me get
ready. Business has been so good to-day that I can afford to indulge in
a little extravagance."
CHAPTER XXVI.
_THE FAKIRS' PARTY._
The idea of a party in the museum tent, where there would be no guests
save fakirs, struck Teddy as being very comical, and he laughed heartily
despite the fact that he was still virtually a prisoner in the meshes of
the law; but at the same time he did not think Mr. Sweet was really in
earnest when he made the proposition.
It was not many moments, however, before he understood that the party
was to be given in the most elaborate manner possible.
On arriving at the tent Mr. Sweet sent the bouncer out with invitations
to such of the fakirs as remained on the grounds all night, or lived in
the immediate vicinity, and at the same time the clown started for the
town in order to purchase refreshments.
"Now, you boys are to take right hold an' help the best you know how,"
the proprietor of the museum said as he pulled off his coat and vest
preparatory to making ready for the feast. "If them as comes want to sit
down it must be on the ground, owing to the lack of chairs, therefore
it don't make much difference if the table is a trifle high."
[Illustration: "We have only one knife," said Mr. Sweet, to the
amusement of the boys, "and it must serve for all hands."]
To the surprise of the boys he proceeded to convert the wagon into a
"festal board" by first pulling it into the center of the tent, and then
removing the sides. Over the floor of this newspapers were spread, and
two plates, three forks, one knife, and four tin dippers were placed on
the impromptu cloth.
"The provisions will be cut ready for eating," Mr. Sweet explained, "so
one knife must serve for all hands, and it won't hurt any of the crowd
if they're obliged to take turns using the dippers."
The clown returned before the guests began to assemble. He brought cold
sausage, sliced ham, cold fried potatoes, sweet crackers, cake, pie, and
a quantity of lemons and sugar.
Contrary to his expectations, Mr. Sweet did not think this assortment
sufficient for the kind of a dinner he proposed to give, and the
messenger was forced to return in search of cheese, pickled pig's feet,
sardines, and milk for the coffee.
Matters were in a decided state of confusion when the first of the
guests arrived. Mr. Sweet, not troubled by the absence of dishes, had
placed the various articles on the wagon-table in the brown paper
coverings as they had been received, and it was upon his skill as a
maker of coffee that he based his reputation as a host.
Therefore everything was neglected for this one important thing, and the
proprietor was standing over the oil stove with a look of grave
responsibility on his face when the owner of the envelope game and his
assistant arrived.
"The boys will take care of you," he said, hurriedly, bending over the
huge pot to inhale the odor, in order to know exactly how the berries
were adapting themselves to the infusion, and, much to his surprise,
Teddy found himself the one especial feature of the party.
All on the ground had evidently heard of his arrest, for each new
arrival asked concerning the events of the evening, and, what was more
to the purpose, so far as he was concerned, all seemed to think his
troubles were only temporary.
"You'll come out of it all right," the manager of the largest sandwich
booth said, confidently, as he entered with his hat on one side of his
head and a cigar held in his mouth at an angle of forty-five degrees. "I
heard of your uncle last year, when he tried to make trouble for a
friend of mine in the spittoon game, an' you can bet your bottom dollar
that the people here are not going to take much stock in what he says."
"It seems they did, so far as to issue a warrant for my arrest," Teddy
replied, with a mirthless smile.
"But that won't amount to anything. I hear you have got John Reaves as
a friend, an' he comes pretty near runnin' things to suit himself in
Peach Bottom. He helped my friend out of the scrape your uncle put him
into, an' folks say there's no love lost between him an' Nathan
Hargreaves."
"I want to get out of my trouble simply on the ground that I am not
guilty," Teddy replied. "If I am charged with aiding burglars, there's
precious little consolation in being set free simply because people do
not like the man who made the charge."
"Nobody believes you guilty, and for the matter of that I'm certain
Hazelton had nothing to do with the job. His game ain't exactly square;
but he don't go around breaking into stores."
Teddy was on the point of telling that Long Jim had been arrested
because of the burglaries committed; but he remembered in time that this
fact was as yet a secret, and remained silent.
The man who leased the only "Great African Dodger" was the next to
arrive, and he also seemed to think it necessary to condole with the
young fakir in his troubles, as did the remainder of the guests, and by
the time all were assembled Teddy began to think his experience was only
such as every other person in the tent had undergone at some time in his
career.
"You see this is the way the matter stands," the whip man said,
confidentially, while Mr. Sweet was bending all his energies to mixing
the lemonade. "People think fakirs are the worst class of men in the
world, whereas, if the matter was sifted right down, they'd find the
class as a whole was honest because they couldn't afford to be
otherwise. I'm not talking now about those who run strong games, like
Hazelton; but ourselves who do a legitimate business. You've got canes
an' knives to sell, while I deal in whips; now all we want is a fair
show to dispose of our goods, an' we know everything must be done on the
square, or there's bound to be trouble sooner or later, consequently we
keep straight, an' take all the abuse which those who have come to
swindle the folks deserve. Why, what, I ask you, would the managers of
these fairs do if they couldn't get us to come up with our money for
privileges? They couldn't pay expenses, an' that's the whole amount of
the story. They run after us, an' yet when we come there's the same old
howl about swindlers."
The man talked until he was literally forced to stop for lack of breath,
and Teddy had not so much as spoken; but proved a good listener, which
was all his condoler appeared to expect of him.
When the clown returned with the last installment of eatables there was
nothing to prevent the assembled crowd from partaking of Mr. Sweet's
hospitality. The coffee was done to a turn; the lemonade was neither too
sour nor too sweet, and the proprietor of the museum summoned his
guests to the feast by saying:
"Now turn to an' fill yourselves up. It ain't often I do this sort of
thing; but somehow or other I've got a reg'lar admiration for our
cane-board fakir, an' after comin' out as he has to-night it seems only
right we should kinder spread ourselves. There's no liquor in the tent,
which is as it should be, for I'm a temperance man, an' them as wants it
can make hogs of themselves somewhere else. Take hold hearty, an'
remember that this layout is in honor of them as did a good turn to the
whole gang by savin' the lives of the women what would likely have
drowned if there hadn't been any fakirs in the country."
This was an unusually long speech for the proprietor of the museum, and
when it was ended he set an example to his guests by attacking the
eatables as if he had not indulged in a square meal since the fair was
opened.
Each person present imitated him, and Tim whispered to Teddy, when his
mouth was so full of cake that it was only with the greatest difficulty
his words could be understood:
"This is what I call a great snap, an' when I've been fakin' at the
fairs long enough to get some money ahead I'll give fellers like us a
good chance to fill up, the same as Mr. Sweet has done."
Dan was equally enthusiastic. In all his experience, which extended
over two years at the very least, he declared that he had never seen so
much done for a boy, and concluded by saying:
"There's no question, Teddy, but that you're a big gun here, an' I'll
advise you to keep right on in this business."
"I've had enough of it," was the reply. "Such times as these are very
nice; but think of what may happen when I'm brought up for trial. Who
knows but Uncle Nathan can succeed in makin' folks think I'm guilty of
helpin' the burglars, an' then what'll be the consequences?"
"I know he can't do anything of the kind, an' that's enough," was the
confident reply; but yet it failed to satisfy the boy who had been bound
over to appear at court.
The entire party appeared to be having the jolliest kind of a jolly
time; but ever before Teddy's mental vision came the picture of himself
in prison, and even the fact that Long Jim had been arrested failed to
render him confident as to the final result.
Again and again was he called upon to reply as one after another wished
him good luck in the case, and the amount of lemonade which was consumed
on each occasion caused the clown to make a third visit to the town in
order to purchase the wherewithal to satisfy the demands of the guests.
It was nearly midnight when the last of the revelers departed and the
boys were called upon to help set the interior of the tent to rights.
"It hasn't been sich a bad time after all," Mr. Sweet said, musingly, as
Teddy and Dan aided him in wheeling the wagon into place. "A man can
remember an evening like this with pleasure, when liquor has been kept
out of the bill of fare, an' who shall say that we're not better off
than if our legs were so tangled as to make walking an impossibility?"
The barker's red nose was slightly elevated, much as if its owner could
explain why spirits were superior to lemon-juice and water; but Mr.
Sweet's question remained unanswered, and the party set about making the
final preparations for the night.
"Poor Sam ain't here to be troubled by the goat, so we can set him
loose," the proprietor of the museum said as he unfastened the rope from
the neck of his pet.
"He'll have a great time pickin' up odds an' ends between now an'
daylight, an' then feel so lazy that it'll be hard work to make him do
his tricks."
"Do you suppose Uncle Nathan will be around in the morning?" Teddy asked
as he lay down by the side of Dan and Tim.
"Not a bit of it; he got sich a dose to-night that I don't count on
seem' him ag'in till this fair is ended, an' then I'm going to take a
trip over to the Run for the express purpose of givin' him a piece of
my mind."
"But suppose he should come, what shall I say?"
"Pay no attention to the old fool, an' above all, don't let him trap you
into talking. Mr. Harvey will be here to-morrow, an' he can post you
better than ever I could."
"Don't fuss about the thing at all," Dan replied, philosophically.
"There's plenty here who know you hadn't anything to do with the
burglaries, an' he won't have as much as a friend by the time the trial
is ended."
"Dan comes pretty nigh being right," Mr. Sweet added, "an' now I want
all hands to go to sleep, for there's one more day of this fair, an' we
need to be somewhere near fresh, because to-morrow the dollars won't
tumble without a good deal of coaxing. Good-night."
CHAPTER XXVII.
_IN HIDING._
That the incidents may be related as nearly as possible in the order of
their occurrence it is time to return to the spot where the burglars are
in hiding.
It will be remembered that we last saw Sam after Phil had fallen asleep,
and he was feigning unconsciousness lest Long Jim, having nothing else
to do, should take it into his ugly head to administer the promised
flogging.
Although Sam's eyes were apparently closed, he took good care to keep
strict watch on the burglar; but for what seemed a very long time he saw
nothing to cause any apprehensions, and was just on the point of going
to sleep in reality when Jim asked, as he gave the boy a vicious kick on
the side:
"Where's the grub?"
"I don't know. You put it away after finishing your dinner."
"Oh, I remember now," and the burglar, still considerably more than half
stupefied by the amount of liquor he had drunk, arose to his feet so
unsteadily that it seemed as if only the lightest touch would be
necessary to send him headlong.
After a short search the man found that which he wanted, and proceeded
to make a hearty meal, regardless of the hungry glances which the boy
bestowed upon him.
"Don't think I'm goin' to give you any," he said, with a leer, as he
concluded the repast, "You're lucky to be alive, an' that's enough for
sich a duffer. I'll put this stuff back, an' you'll have every bone in
your body broken if you so much as smell of it."
Sam made no reply. He had already learned that there are very many times
when silence is indeed "golden."
"I've made up my mind to see what can be done at the fair," Jim said, as
he lighted his pipe with great deliberation. "Phil thinks he's the only
smart man in the world, an' it's time to show him what a mistake he's
been makin' all his life. Why don't you say something?" he cried,
angrily, as Sam continued silent.
"I don't know what you want me to say. If you're goin' that settles it;
I sha'n't be any better off."
"You can stake your life on that, for while I'm a gentleman an' behave
myself as such, Phil is a reg'lar brute, an' will make things mighty
uncomfortable for a sneak like you."
Sam thought, but was very careful not to say, that it was hardly
possible for a boy to have a worse master than the alleged gentleman in
front of him, and the burglar continued, as he arose to his feet:
"I want to leave without wakin' Phil, but you must do it as soon as I
push off from the shore, for we don't intend to give you a chance of
slipping away. I shall watch mighty close, an' if he isn't on his feet
before I'm a dozen yards out into the creek you'll get a reminder from
this," and the man ostentatiously displayed a revolver.
"I don't count on runnin' off," Sam, replied, thoroughly frightened by
the threat. "I can stay here till you get ready to let me go, because
I've got to, an' I'm not sich a fool as to git into any worse scrape."
"Now you're talkin' somethin' like sense, an' if you keep on in this way
I'll see to it that you don't have any harder time than a detective
oughter expect; Phil will be on his ear when he knows I've gone, an' you
must tell me all he says. Remember that if he isn't on his feet before
I've got beyond range, I'll use your head for a target."
With this threat the burglar staggered out of the thicket, and Sam began
to speculate as to whether he should make one supreme effort to escape
before his other captor awakened.
A second glance at the weapon decided him in the negative, however, and
he meekly stepped to the edge of the woods in order to obey the
instructions given.
Despite Jim's apparent intoxication he watched the boy closely, still
holding the revolver ready for use, and after pushing the boat into the
stream he cried:
"Now go ahead, an' let me see him in about two minutes, or I'll fill you
full of bullets."
If Sam had been a brave boy he would have made a dash for liberty at
this moment; but he was in nearly every sense of the word a coward, and
obeyed the order literally.
"Who's there?" Phil asked, angrily, as the boy shook him vigorously.
"Jim told me to make you get up, or he'd shoot," Sam replied, meekly.
"Make me get up? What time is it?"
"I don't know; but it doesn't seem to be more than three o'clock."
"Where's Jim?"
"Jest startin' for the fair grounds, an' if you don't show yourself
pretty soon he's sure to shoot me."
"There wouldn't be any particular harm in that, for you deserve it; but
it can't be possible the fool is goin' to show himself in daylight when
more than one is lookin' for him."
"That's what he said," and Sam, fearing lest the half-drunken burglar
would begin his pistol practice, seated himself behind the largest tree
that might protect him from the bullets.
Now that Phil was awake, he did not lose any further time in talking,
but ran out to where he could command a view of the creek, and once more
Sam had an opportunity for escape which he did not dare to embrace.
"Come back here, an' don't make a fool of yourself," Jim's partner
cried, angrily, as he saw the man pulling leisurely from the bank.
"What's crawlin' on you? Don't I know my business?"
"Not if you count on goin' up there before dark."
"That's jest what I intend to do, so don't screech so much."
"Come back, I tell you, or it'll be all up for both of us!"
"I've been in this business long enough to know it," was the reply, as
Jim continued to row, increasing each instant the distance between
himself and the shore.
"Now, don't spoil a good thing," Phil said, pleadingly, and,
understanding that this conversation might be continued for a short
time, Sam plucked up sufficient courage to make an attack upon the
provisions.
He took from the general store a large piece of cheese, some crackers
and as much meat as he believed would suffice to make a hearty meal,
after which he hid the lot near the tree behind which he was hiding.
Then he crept back to his former position, and listened to the
conversation between his captors.
Phil alternately coaxed and threatened his partner; but all to no
purpose, as could be told by the tones of the latter's voice while he
pulled up stream, and the baffled burglar returned to the camping place
absolutely furious with rage.
"This comes of my bein' so foolish as to bring that fool liquor," he
said half to himself. "It's mighty lucky he didn't know I had more than
one bottle."
Then he took from one of his pockets a second flask, refreshing himself
with a portion of the contents before asking:
"What did he say to you?"
"Nothin' except that he was goin' up to the fair," Sam replied, timidly.
"But what made him tell you to waken me?"
"I s'pose that was so I couldn't have a chance to run away."
"What else did he say?"
"That I was to tell him jest how you took his leavin'."
"Well, if he's lucky enough to get back, tell him I said he was the
biggest fool that ever walked on two legs. Them chums of your'n are sure
to spot him, an' it's ten to one he's pinched before sunset."
Sam did not understand what the man meant by the term "pinched," but
under the circumstances he hardly thought it safe to inquire, and the
angry burglar continued:
"We'll make ready to get out of this if he isn't back by daylight, an'
while there's nothin' else to do you'd better put that stuff under
ground, for there's no knowin' now when we'll be able to take it away."
The spade was near at hand ready for use, and while Phil alternately
smoked and drank from the bottle, Sam set about burying the plunder.
This man was quite as hard a taskmaster as the one who had just
departed, and the boy was forced to work as he had probably never done
before, until sufficient of an excavation had been made to conceal the
goods.
Under the direction of the burglar Sam covered the different packages
with earth; did his best to hide all traces of his work, and when it was
so dark that he could no longer see to move about was allowed to rest.
During this time Phil had been drinking and smoking, with the result
that he could hardly speak plainly when the task was accomplished, and
so intoxicated did he appear to be that Sam thought it safe to eat the
food he had concealed.
"Keep on talkin' so's I'll know where you are, or on goes the ropes an'
gag again," Phil cried, and the boy obeyed, repeating over and over the
same words in order to satisfy his suspicious captor.
After eating a hearty meal, Sam succeeded in mustering sufficient
courage to admit of his thinking about attempting to escape.
From the manner in which the burglar spoke he knew it could not be very
much longer before the man would be so completely under the influence of
liquor as to render him helpless, and he said to himself:
"If I could get the rope around his hands an' legs I'd soon be out of
this place."
"What's that you are saying?" Phil cried, angrily.
"Nothin'; I was only doin' as you told me, talkin' so's you'd know where
I was."
"I'll save all that trouble," and the man lurched to his feet as he
picked up the rope.
"Please don't tie me ag'in," Sam pleaded. "I won't try to git away."
"I'll go bail that you don't after I'm through with you. Put out your
hands."
Phil was yet capable of mischief, even though his brain was clouded, and
Sam did not dare to disobey.
He suffered himself to be tied without making any remonstrance, and as
the burglar staggered to his former resting place, the boy tested the
bonds.
Previously he had been lashed in such a manner that it was impossible to
move hand or foot, but now he soon realized that he could do both, and
the happy thought came that he might free himself with but little
difficulty if a favorable opportunity for escape should present itself.
"Now you're fixed," Phil said, half to himself, "an' I may as well take
things comfortable till we're certain that that fool of a Jim is
settled."
"Are you goin' to leave here to-night?" Sam asked, more for the purpose
of learning how far the man was on the road to intoxication than for
information.
"If he ain't here by twelve o'clock we'll know the jig is up, an' skip
so's to be out of the way before any one can come sneakin' around for
the stuff."
"Then if Jim isn't back by that time, an' he keeps on drinkin', I'll
take all the chances," Sam said to himself, and from that instant he
strained every nerve to learn how nearly the burglar had succeeded in
making a worse brute of himself than nature intended.
CHAPTER XXVIII.
_A FAILURE._
Tired though Teddy was, a long time elapsed after the conclusion of the
fakirs' feast before he could close his eyes in slumber.
Now that the excitement of the party had died away, the fact that he was
a prisoner, suffered to remain outside the prison only because men of
wealth were willing to guarantee he would respond to the call of the
court, came into his mind even more vividly than at the time of the
arrest, and despite all the words of cheer which had been spoken he
really began to believe Uncle Nathan could show plausible proof of his
guilt.
Under almost any other circumstances he would have speculated upon what
should be done with the large amount of money he had already earned, and
rejoiced at the thought that he could supply his mother with what she
might need for the present, at all events.
The profits of the cane and knife boards were hardly thought of on this
night while the one painful fact stood before him so prominently and
menacingly.
His companions had been asleep many hours before slumber visited his
eyelids, and so heavy was his heart even while in dreamland that he
awoke with the first dawn of day, and aroused the others to the last
day's work they would be called upon to do at the Peach Bottom fair
during the present season.
"Why is it that you have turned out so early?" Mr. Sweet asked, in a
sleepy tone, rising to his feet as the only effectual method of driving
the drowsiness from his eyelids.
"I sha'n't feel much like sleeping till I know how the case is coming
out," Teddy replied, sadly.
"There is no need to worry with such friends as you have got. Put it
right out of your mind until business closes to-night, for there's a big
pile of work to be done if you expect to make much money."
"I wish I could," Teddy said, with a long-drawn sigh as he aroused Tim
and Dan.
Half an hour later the three boys were eating what it was believed would
be their last meal in the very unsatisfactory boarding-house, and
Teddy's place of business was the first opened on that morning.
There were no more early visitors; but the fakirs who had been present
at the feast on the evening previous gathered around, all appearing
very eager to spend money, and trade was as lively as it had been on any
other morning.
The crowd bought rings and threw them recklessly until each man had
spent considerably more than a dollar, when Teddy suddenly realized that
this sudden passion for canes only arose from a desire to aid him. Then
he said, decidedly:
"There's no need of you fellows doin' this. I know you want to see me
out of the scrape; but I've made a lot of money already, an' don't want
to take yours."
"You can't have too much, my boy," one of them said with a laugh, "and
we want to see you go away with a pile. Trade has been boomin' for all
hands, an' it would be kinder rough if we couldn't have a little fun now
the fair is the same as over."
This did not satisfy Teddy, and he continued to expostulate against the
generosity; but all to no purpose. The fakirs played until a sufficient
number of visitors had arrived to warrant their opening the other
booths, and then Tim and Teddy were left alone, Dan having started for
the exhibition building some time previous.
Until ten o'clock there was no more than work enough to keep one boy
moderately busy, and Teddy experienced a deep sense of relief as Mr.
Harvey came up to the stand with a cheery "good morning."
"I hear that your Uncle Nathan succeeded in carrying out his threat,"
the visitor said, as if speaking about what was a very trifling matter.
"Yes, sir; an' do you think he can send me to prison?"
"Not a bit of it. You are under bail, and I venture to predict that he
will not carry it to court, for he has sufficient sense to know it may
prove a very expensive job. We sent our men to the barn on the marshes
last night."
"What did you find?" Teddy asked, eagerly.
"More than I expected. There were no goods in the building, but some
have evidently been buried there, and this fact, together with the
evidence that boats have been drawn up on the shore recently, proves
your story as to what was seen when you boys followed the two men to be
correct."
"The other fellow has run away, I suppose."
"I think he is yet in the immediate vicinity, otherwise Jim would be
willing to talk."
"Have you seen him since he was arrested?"
"I have just come from the jail. I told him of the evidence we already
had to connect him with the burglary, and that we should push him hard
in the interest of you and Hazelton. He understands that there is an
opportunity to turn State's witness, but he absolutely refuses to speak
on any subject. Therefore I fancy his partner has not yet got away."
"Then there has been no good done in arresting him," Teddy said,
mournfully.
"That is where you are making a mistake. I have prepared an affidavit
for you and Dan to swear to, and shall endeavor to have a warrant issued
at once charging him with burglary, so he can't give us the slip in case
he gets clear in the matter of swindling."
"Do you want Dan an' I now?"
"Yes; go after him. I will only keep you ten or fifteen minutes."
Teddy turned to go toward the exhibition buildings, but halted an
instant to ask:
"Have you seen my uncle this morning?"
"No, but I shall do so later in the day, and after we have a little
conversation I do not think he will be so eager to see you in prison."
The lawyer's confident manner had very much to do with taking the load
of sorrow from Teddy's mind, and he looked almost cheerful as he asked
of the manager of the Stevens exhibit that Dan be allowed to accompany
him, explaining the reason for making the request.
"Of course he can go," the gentleman replied, readily. "Trade won't be
so good to-day but that he can be spared as well as not, and even if it
was rushing, he should have permission to leave."
When the boys were at the cane-board once more Mr. Harvey hurried them
away to the magistrate's office, and there a long document was read,
which described in detail all they had seen on the day when Sam first
gave an exhibition of his skill as a detective.
They marveled not a little that the lawyer should have remembered so
well every trifling incident. Nothing, however apparently unimportant,
had escaped him, and, as Dan said:
"It is written down better than if he had really been with us."
This document was sworn to and signed by both, after which Mr. Harvey
told them that they might return to work, adding as he turned to Teddy:
"The man who has been arrested on your complaint will have a hearing
to-morrow, and it is absolutely necessary you should be at this office
as early as nine o'clock. I don't know whether Dan will be allowed to
tell what he has heard Sam say regarding the matter, but he had better
come with you."
"I'll be on hand," the young fakir replied. "Do you know when I'm to be
tried?"
"That case won't come up for some time in view of the evidence your
lawyer is collecting," the 'Squire said.
"Don't worry about it, for I think the real burglars will soon be
caught."
"An' does Mr. Hazelton have to stay in jail all the time?"
"There is no other way out of it, since he hasn't got friends who can go
bail for him."
Teddy wanted very much to ask permission to see the prisoner, but
inasmuch as he was accused of being equally guilty with the fakir it
hardly seemed just the proper thing to make the request, and he left the
office, followed by Dan, who said, as they gained the open air:
"You ain't goin' to have half so much trouble as you think, Teddy.
Anybody can see that even the 'Squire is on your side, although he did
issue the warrant, an' the proof must be mighty strong to make any of
'em believe you did anything against the old miser. But this keeps us
here on the grounds another day, doesn't it?"
"Yes, an' if Mr. Sweet packs up his tent to-night, we'll have to hunt
for a place to sleep in the village."
"That don't worry me very much. I've made a good week's work out of the
fair, an' can afford to spend a little money."
"I shall pay all the bills, of course," Teddy replied, quickly. "It
wouldn't be any more'n right because you are goin' to stay to help me."
Dan was quite positive he would pay his own bills, and his companion
equally certain he should not; but there was little chance for
discussion, since they had arrived opposite the grand stand by this
time, and were hailed by Deacon Jones, who looked as if he considered
himself the one important personage on the grounds as he said:
"I want both of you boys to be here at exactly two o'clock. Don't fail
to come, no matter how much business you may have on hand."
"What's the matter?" Teddy asked, immediately thinking some new trouble
threatened him.
"There will be plenty of time for explanation after you get here," was
the mysterious reply, and then the deacon signified that the interview
was at an end by turning to speak with some gentlemen who had been
watching the boys closely.
"What do you suppose is up now?" Teddy asked with a sigh, and Dan
replied, mournfully:
"I'm sure I don't know," but in his own mind he was convinced that the
deacon intended to surrender the boy whose surety he had appeared
willing to become on the evening previous.
Teddy was so disturbed by dismal forebodings that Dan was very careful
to hide his suspicions, since it could do only harm to discuss them, and
the two parted, feeling as if Uncle Nathan had outwitted Mr. Harvey.
On retuning to his place of business Teddy did not have the heart to
wait upon the customers, and after telling Tim what had been said to
him, he added:
"I can't work; it's no use to try. There must have been something new
come up, an' I won't be able to show that I'm innocent of robbing the
store."
Dan could give him no consolation, for he also felt that matters were
approaching a dangerous crisis, and he simply said:
"Loaf around, old fellow, an' I'll look out for the work here. Try to
put it out of your mind, for things won't be made better by worryin'
over 'em."
Just at this moment Teddy's mother arrived. She had heard all the
particulars concerning the arrest and subsequent release, therefore
began at once to sympathize with her son.
"Then you know what the deacon is goin' to do?" Teddy asked.
This was something of which Mrs. Hargreaves was ignorant, but upon being
told, appeared even more distressed than her son, thus increasing
instead of lightening his troubles.
CHAPTER XXIX.
_THE TESTIMONIAL._
It was impossible for Teddy to follow Tim's advice to "loaf around."
His heart was so full of sorrow that his greatest desire was to go where
those who might believe he had been a partner of the burglars could not
see him; but since that was impossible, if he intended to obey the
deacon's injunctions and present himself at the grand stand at the
specified time, the next best thing was to remain behind the booth where
his mother tried her best to cheer him.
"It can't be possible that anything to your disadvantage has occurred,
Teddy," she said as she held his hand for mutual sympathy. "Mr. Reaves
would have sent me word at once if that had happened."
"Perhaps he doesn't know about it. Uncle Nathan may have been talking
with the deacon again, an' turned him against me."
"I don't believe it would be possible for him to do such a thing. His
reputation is not so good that people could put faith in all he says,
more especially in regard to this case."
"Then if he didn't do it some one else has, an' that makes it all the
worse," Teddy replied, as he tried to force back the tears.
At this moment the sorrowing ones were startled by hearing the voice of
the man whom they had every reason to call their enemy, and an instant
later Uncle Nathan stood before them.
"Well," he said in what sounded more like a snarl than anything else,
"you see the old skinflint did jest what he promised, an' he'll see to
it that the deacon don't stay on your bail very long unless I get my
rights."
"What do you mean by your rights?" Mrs. Hargreaves asked.
"I lent this ungrateful boy the money to start him in a business where
he's made more in a week than I ever could in a year. Then he helped
people to rob me, an' after all that I made what any man must call a
fair offer. See how much I've lost by him, an' then think of my offerin'
to straighten everything out by goin' in as his partner."
"Why didn't you do this before the fair opened?"
"I couldn't tell how it would turn out," the old man began, and then
realizing that he was admitting something to his discredit, he added,
quickly, "I mean I hadn't lost my money then, an' never suspected how he
would wrong me."
It seemed as if these last words drove Teddy to desperation, and he no
longer-remembered the respect due to age.
"Look here," he cried, angrily, rising, and standing directly in front
of Uncle Nathan, "if you believe I'm a burglar, you can't want to be my
partner. It was only after the fact of my having made considerable money
was known that you offered any trade. If the venture had been a losing
one you are the last person who would have taken hold of it. Now I'm
under arrest on a charge made by you, who know I am innocent, an' we'll
put an end to all this talk. Don't come where my mother and I am; do the
very worst you can, an' some day I'll have my innings."
"You threaten, eh?"
"That's exactly what I'm doing. I have leased this piece of ground until
to-morrow, and warn you that it'll be mighty uncomfortable if you show
your nose here again. Go now an' go quick!"
"That's right, Teddy," Tim shouted in a tone of delight from the
opposite side of the booth. "Give it to him hot, an' I'll do my share.
If you don't want to tackle the job till after the trial, say the word
an' I'll sail in, for it gives me a pain to see him around."
Teddy made no reply to this generous offer; but Uncle Nathan stepped
back very quickly as if fearing an immediate attack.
"You won't be so bold to-morrow," he snarled, shaking his fist in
impotent rage, and then he disappeared from view amid the crowd that had
begun to gather.
Both Teddy and his clerk thought it very singular that business should
be so good on this day, when the majority of the other fakirs were
comparatively idle, and also in view of what had been said against the
proprietor of the cane-board.
Yet the people gathered around by scores, all intent on patronizing the
boys, and at the same time embracing every opportunity to display their
good will.
Teddy and his mother remained partially screened from the gaze of the
curious until nearly two o'clock, when Dan, looking decidedly troubled,
arrived.
"I suppose we've got to go to the grand stand an' find out what the
deacon wants," he said, mournfully. "My boss told me that we must be
there on time, an' we might as well start."
"I want to have it over as soon as possible," Teddy replied. "Nothin'
that comes can be any worse than waitin' here thinkin' of what may
happen."
The two boys walked either side of Mrs. Hargreaves as they went to meet
the deacon, and it seemed very much as if the majority of the people
present knew what was about to occur, for the sad-visaged party was
followed by crowds of the visitors as they walked steadily onward.
It was exactly two o'clock when they arrived at the stairway leading to
the grand stand, and there they were met by the leader of the band from
the Run, who said with a mysterious manner as he opened a gate leading
to the track in front of the judges' stand:
"You are to come this way."
"Where's the deacon?" Teddy asked.
"Waiting for you."
Without further explanation the musician led the three to a spot where
all could see them, and to the intense surprise of the sorrowful-looking
party, the throng assembled on the benches greeted them with the most
hearty applause.
"You are to come with me, Mrs. Hargreaves," the conductor said, as he
escorted her to one of the front seats, and Teddy and Dan stood as if
stupefied, gazing in dismay at the sea of faces in front of them.
Before the boys had sufficiently recovered from their bewilderment to be
able to speculate upon what was to happen Deacon Jones came down the
steps until he reached a place where all could see him and there began a
speech which caused at least two of that assemblage to gaze at him in
open-mouthed astonishment.
The manager of the fair did not intend to neglect any opportunity of
making himself conspicuous, and he delivered an eloquent address,
looking first at the boys and then at the audience, which cannot be
given here because of lack of space.
He first explained to the spectators that Teddy had taken upon himself
the business of fakir simply that he might aid his widowed mother. Then
he detailed the loss of the fifteen dollars, and finally broached the
one important matter, that of the scene on the creek, when the three
women were rescued from drowning.
By this time the cheeks of Teddy and Dan were flaming red, and if he had
been charging them with the most atrocious crimes they could not have
looked more guilty or uncomfortable.
"As you all know," he said, in conclusion, "we have met here to see
bravery and a spirit of self-sacrifice rewarded. On behalf of the ladies
whose lives were saved by these little heroes I am about to present
Edward Hargreaves and Daniel Summers with one hundred dollars each. In
addition to that amount the managers of the fair and several gentlemen
who do not care to have their names made public, have made up a purse of
one hundred and eighty dollars to be divided equally between them. It is
most gratifying to me that I have been selected as the instrument
through whom this testimonial is presented, and in behalf of my brother
officers as well as myself I will state that these brave boys have the
freedom of the grounds whenever the Peach Bottom fair is open."
As he concluded, the deacon walked with a majestic bearing down to the
bewildered boys, presented each with a well-filled pocketbook and then
waved his hand as a signal for the band, every member of which did his
best to make the music heard above the rounds of applause intended for
the blushing fakirs.
In the meantime the people came down from the benches to congratulate
the life-savers, and for fully an hour the two were forced to remain
there listening to words of praise which they felt were not warranted by
their exploit on the creek.
Among the most welcome of these enthusiastic visitors was Jacob Sweet,
and he said, heartily:
"I heard of this little performance jest in time to get here before that
long-winded speech was begun; but what pleases me the most is that I was
ahead of the whole gang, an' started our little blow-out when it wasn't
known you had so many friends. I'll see you to-night, of course, an' I
must go now, for the bouncer has been around tellin' that you've been
sleepin' in my tent, an' I count on a good payin' crowd this afternoon."
It was considerably past three o'clock when the boys and Mrs. Hargreaves
returned to the cane-board, looking very much different than when they
left it, and Tim cried as they came up:
"I've heard all about it, an' what I want to know is, where was old
Nathan while that speechifyin' was goin' on?"
"I saw him when we first arrived," Mrs. Hargreaves replied, "but he left
a few moments later, although I have no doubt that he remained where he
could hear all that was said without being seen."
"That's where he was wise. It wouldn't be very pleasant for him to show
himself now, 'cause everybody is down on him after what the deacon
said."
Dan was obliged to return to his duties, and he whispered to Teddy
before leaving:
"I tell you what it is, old feller, this has been a reg'lar puddin' for
us, an' I'd give a good deal to see another jest like it."
"You're all right, but I expect after this Uncle Nathan will be so mad
he'll make me a pile of trouble."
"Don't worry about that; his claws are cut now. I'll be back in time to
go to supper."
When he departed Teddy had an opportunity to say a few words to his
mother before she returned home on the stage, which was advertised to
leave at four o'clock, and while he did this all thought of being under
arrest was put far from his mind because of the joy at what he was now
able to perform.
"Never mind what happens to me," he whispered. "I've now got nearly
money enough to pay off all we owe, an' it has been earned honestly,
too, although I believe they paid a big price for what Dan an' I did on
the creek."
"I'm thinking more of the praise you earned than the money, Teddy. It
was very sweet to hear the deacon say so much to you before all those
people."
"Then both of us will be awfully jolly to-night, an' to-morrow I'll be
home, an' bring Dan with me."
"Invite him to stay just as long as he wishes, and I will have a nice
supper ready when the last stage arrives."
Teddy gave his mother nearly all the money he had, including the
"testimonial," and as she walked away he said to Tim:
"I'm willin' to be arrested, an' put into jail a good many days for the
sake of being able to help her as I can do now."
CHAPTER XXX.
_THE TRIAL._
It was only natural that both Teddy and Dan should feel highly elated
after this public expression of admiration which culminated in the
presentation of the purse, but they immediately returned to attend to
their several duties when the ceremonies were finished.
Dan went back to the exhibition as if he had done nothing worth
remembering, and in less than half an hour from the time the deacon
concluded his flowery speech it would have required a very ardent
student of humanity to discover that anything out of the natural course
of events had taken place.
At the cane-board Teddy waited upon his customers as before, and without
the slightest sign of having been honored by the magnates of the fair,
while Dan fired at the target as if he had been a boy with no other
claim upon the public's attention than his ability to hit a mark.
Yet it must be confessed that both experienced a very pleasing sense of
having satisfied the public, and each, in his own peculiar way, knew he
had risen a little above the average boy.
There can be no question that any one placed in the same position must
have felt gratified by the many expressions of friendship and good-will
with which these two were literally overwhelmed, and it would have been
more than could be expected of human nature had they remained unmoved
under the extravagant flattery which was showered upon them immediately
after the close of Deacon Jones' speech.
Although there was not quite as much money flowing into the box as on
the day previous, Teddy was more than pleased with the receipts, because
every penny seemed to express just such an amount of good-will.
Until nearly nightfall he remained at the booth, answering questions
upon the same subject till it seemed to have been worn threadbare, and
then, however great his desire to earn money, he felt a positive sense
of relief that his connection with the Peach Bottom fair had finally
come to an end.
"This is the last time you an' I will pack up the stuff," he said to Tim
as they put into condition for removal the cane and knife boards. "I
promised to give you all that was left, and you're more than welcome to
it."
"But you surely don't mean to give me the whole lot," Tim cried in
surprise.
"That's exactly what I'm going to do, and I sincerely hope when you make
a stand you'll meet with the same good friends I have here."
"I can't take these things unless you'll allow me to pay something
toward what they cost."
"Look here, Tim," Teddy said, earnestly, "you have shown yourself to be
a friend of mine, an' every cent that has come in here you've accounted
for. Now, whatever may happen, I'm through bein' a fakir; but if you
want to follow the business, I can only hope you'll come out all right.
We'll carry this to Mr. Sweet's tent, an' I'll only be so much the
better pleased, and in case you don't, I'm bound to help you in every
way. Besides, I promised to pay a certain percentage on the profits;
that is yet to be settled."
"It never will be," Tim replied in the most decided tone. "If I take
these goods I've got more than a fair share, an' won't listen to
anything else."
"Very well, we'll leave it that way. You now own everything, an' I owe
you lots of good-will."
On this basis the remnants of the two boards were packed up for removal,
and when they were about to take the goods to Mr. Sweet's tent Dan
arrived.
"How much business did you do to-day?" he asked.
Teddy delayed sufficiently long to count the receipts, and then
replied:
"Forty-one dollars and fifteen cents. That gives Tim four-eleven, an' I
get more than would have been the case but for the testimonial this
afternoon. The folks crowded around to see me, rather than to get the
canes, an' so business has picked up better than any one expected."
"It don't make any difference how the money came in so long as you have
got it," Dan replied, philosophically, "an' now the question is what are
we to do for supper, since we paid our bill at the boarding-house this
afternoon?"
"Have you got any idea?"
"Of course, or else I wouldn't have asked the question. Let's invite Mr.
Sweet, the bouncer, and the clown to some restaurant down town, an' try
to give them as good a time as we had last night."
This proposition met with Teddy's approval, and the party was made up as
he suggested, the cost being divided between the two boys who had been
the recipients of the public testimonial.
Not until a late hour in the evening did these festivities come to an
end, and then the party retired to the museum tent, where they remained
undisturbed until the present season of the Peach Bottom fair had come
to an end.
It was an unusually late hour for fakirs to arise when Mr. Sweet
awakened the boys as he said:
"Turn out now, lads, an' get your stuff ready for removal. I'm sorry to
part company, but we can't stay here forever, an' the museum must be
forty miles the other side of Waterville by Monday morning."
Dan had completed and been paid for his work with the Stevens Company,
therefore he had nothing to do; Teddy no longer claimed any interest in
the canes and knives left over from the week's work; consequently he was
free to go where he pleased, and Tim had his goods in such a condition
that they could be removed at any moment, which prevented him from
feeling any anxiety regarding the future.
Thus it was that all three of the boys were at liberty to assist the
proprietor of the museum, and this they did with a will until the
arrival of Lawyer Harvey caused them to think of what had almost been
forgotten in the bustle and confusion of breaking camp.
"We are due at the 'Squire's office at nine o'clock, and it is time you
boys were getting over that way," he said, briskly; "our case won't come
up to-day, but it has been decided to give Hazelton a hearing, and I am
very much afraid he's going to get the worst of it."
"What do you mean?" Teddy asked, anxiously.
"Well, you see I have not been able to get any information in addition
to what you boys furnished, and there seems little doubt that the
'Squire must perforce bind him over for trial. The fact that he has
deliberately swindled so many people will work against him, and we can
do very little to save him."
"What will be the result of his being bound over?" Teddy asked.
"He must remain in jail, unless he can get bail, until next fall."
"But that in itself will be a terrible punishment."
"True; yet it cannot be avoided. If he had worked honestly the case
would be different; but now he will be fortunate even to get out in the
fall."
"Yet Uncle Nathan says I am equally guilty."
"We can easily show you had nothing to do with the robbery, and that is
our only care this morning."
"What about Long Jim?"
"He remains silent, refusing to answer the simplest questions, and
unless he speaks Hazelton must be bound over; the 'Squire can pursue no
other course."
Believing as they did that Hazelton was innocent of the charge upon
which he had been arrested, both Teddy and Dan felt it was a great
hardship for the fakir to remain so long in prison; but since it was
beyond their power to give him any relief, neither expressed an opinion
other than has been recorded.
Mr. Harvey had come for them to accompany him to the Squire's office,
and since there was nothing to detain them they set out, after first
bidding Mr. Sweet a cordial 'goodby, for he had announced his intention
of leaving Peach Bottom on the noon train.
"I shall see one or both of you at some time in the future," he said,
with considerable feeling, "an' there'll be no complaint to make if I
never fall in with worse boys."
The bouncer and the clown also had something to say in the form of an
adieu, and when the boys left the proprietor of the alleged wonderful
museum it was like parting with an old friend, for he had shown himself
to be a "very present help in time of trouble."
Tim did not propose to start for the Run until his companions had
concluded their business; his goods were packed ready for removal, and
there was nothing better for him to do than accompany them to the
court-room where it seemed as if all they might say would result only in
a long term of imprisonment for Hazelton before he could be tried on the
baseless charge brought against him, simply because of the disreputable
business in which he was engaged.
Mr. Harvey had little or nothing to say during the walk to the 'Squire's
office, and arriving there the jewelry fakir was seen looking thoroughly
despondent.
"Can I speak with him?" Teddy asked the lawyer. "What do you want to
say?"
"Nothing in particular, except to tell him how bad I feel because we
could do nothing to clear him."
"Very well; but do not talk long, for it may prejudice your own case.
The people whom he has swindled are here to see that some form of
punishment is meted out to him, and it can do you no good to be seen
acting as a consoler."
This possibility troubled Teddy very little since he was confident of
his own innocence, and he approached the prisoner as he said:
"I wish I could do something, Mr. Hazelton, to prove you as innocent as
I believe you to be."
"There's no need of that, my boy. I've put you in a hole already, and
you've done more for me than some others who call themselves friends."
"I know it was Long Jim who committed the burglary; but how can it be
proven now?"
"There was only one way, and that was to catch the real thieves with
their plunder. Mr. Harvey tells me his attempt was a failure, an' it
wouldn't surprise me if I was not only remanded for trial, but received
a sentence for something of which I am absolutely innocent. I don't
profess to be very good, my boy, as you may understand after seeing me
work on the fair grounds; but I never yet descended to do such things as
I am charged with now."
"I am certain of that," and Teddy pressed the prisoner's hand in token
of friendship, "and only wish it was possible to aid you."
"You have already done more than my partners did," was the grateful
reply, and then further conversation was prevented as the 'Squire called
the assembly to order.
It was not a regular court of law; but one would have thought it the
most dignified judicial body in the country had he seen the air with
which the 'Squire took his seat at the head of the long table as he
called the case.
"That settles Hazelton," Dan whispered as Teddy left the prisoner and
rejoined his friends. "Somebody has got to suffer in order to make the
law come out square, an' he's the feller what'll have to stand the brunt
of everything."
CHAPTER XXXI.
_AN ARRIVAL._
Lawyer Harvey did not neglect anything which might work to the advantage
of his client; but in the face of the evidence his efforts appeared to
be in vain.
Uncle Nathan, who arrived just as the case was called, swore to the fact
that Hazelton had been in his store on the Sunday afternoon prior to the
robbery, and that he had told the prisoner of his keeping large amounts
of money in the building, because of the difficulty and expense of
sending the cash to the Waterville bank.
He also testified that Hazelton seemed unusually interested in
everything pertaining to the store, and asked many questions relative to
his (the witness') habits, such as the time when business usually began,
how late he remained in the building at night, as well as several other
things which now seemed as if the information had been sought simply for
the purpose of knowing when would be the safest time to commit the
crime.
"How much did you lose?" Mr. Harvey asked.
"I don't know for certain; but I stand willin' to give fifty dollars if
the goods can be recovered, an' if my nephew would tell all he
knows----"
"That will do, Mr. Hargreaves," the lawyer said, sharply. "Teddy is not
under examination, and until he is we do not care to hear your opinion
concerning him."
"I reckon I can tell what I want to, can't I, 'Squire?"
"You must confine yourself to this particular case. As to whether there
is sufficient evidence to bind the prisoner over does not concern the
charge against your nephew, at least not to the extent of your telling
what you think."
"I thought, perhaps, if he heard me say I'd give fifty dollars to know
where the goods were, an' knew I'd swear to it, he might confess, for he
has shown himself to be powerful fond of a dollar."
"That appears to be a peculiarity of some of his relatives," Mr. Harvey
said, dryly, and at this remark the spectators laughed heartily, while
the old man growled:
"I didn't come here to be told that I was a miser; but it seems even men
who call themselves gentlemen think sich things are all right."
"If you have no other evidence to give we will not detain you," the
lawyer said, sharply; and as Uncle Nathan returned to his chair near the
door the proprietor of the hotel at the Run was called upon to testify.
What he said was in favor of the prisoner rather than otherwise.
He swore to the fact that the prisoner spent the night on which the
burglary was committed at his house; that he pretended to retire at an
early hour, and started for Peach Bottom on the first stage.
Under Mr. Harvey's skillful cross-examination the landlord admitted that
unless a man got out of the window he could not have left the house
without the knowledge of the watchman, who kept the keys and remained in
the office all night. It was also shown that Hazelton brought and
carried away with him, so far as was known at the hotel, nothing but a
small traveling satchel.
Then several people from the Run were called to prove that the fakir was
really in the town on this particular Sunday, and the driver of the
stage testified that the prisoner rode with him the entire distance to
Peach Bottom. The landlord of the hotel where Hazelton boarded during
the fair week, or so much of it as he was at liberty, swore to the fact
that the prisoner had never brought any quantity of baggage to his
house, and appeared to be very regular in his habits. So far as he (the
landlord) knew, the fakir remained in his room nearly all the time,
except while on the exhibition grounds.
This ended the testimony, and Mr. Harvey argued that there was really
no evidence to connect the prisoner with the crime.
"That he conducted a game which could hardly be called honest is
admitted," he said; "but it has nothing to do with the case. Prejudice
should not be allowed to take the place of facts, and I insist that my
client be released."
"I reckon there's sufficient ground for suspicion," the 'Squire replied,
"an' I don't see any other way out of it. A jury must decide, an' I
shall hold him in the sum of three thousand----"
At this moment the dignity of the court received a severe shock, as a
most unseemly disturbance suddenly occurred at the door, and the 'Squire
paused to learn who was so bold as to disturb the representative of the
law at the very instant when he was delivering an opinion.
"It's nobody but a boy," Uncle Nathan replied as he held the door firmly
closed, while the would-be visitor kicked so vigorously as to threaten
the destruction of the panels.
"Bring him in here, an' we'll see whether such a row can be kicked up in
a court of law with impunity."
"Better let me throw him into the street," Uncle Nathan snarled.
"Mr. Constable, bring that boy before me," the 'Squire said, sternly,
and an instant later, to the consternation of all those who had seen
him, the boy who was supposed to have been drowned two days before
entered, looking decidedly the worse for having existed so long without
water and soap.
"Why, it's Sam, an' he ain't dead!" Teddy cried as he rose to his feet.
"Of course I ain't; but it wouldn't been many days before I turned into
a corpse if I hadn't got away from them thieves," the amateur detective
replied.
"Who are you, an' what do you want here?" the 'Squire asked, sternly, as
he rapped on the table for the spectators to remain silent.
"Why, I'm Sam Balderston, the feller who come to the fair to work for
the Davis Boat an' Oar Company of Detroit, an' if what Long Jim told me
was true, folks have been tryin' to find me in the creek."
"This is the boy who was reported to have been drowned on the day when
those lads," here the lawyer pointed to Teddy and Dan, "claim to have
seen two men carrying goods into an old barn on the marshes. I fancy he
can give us information relative to the true burglars."
"You bet I can," and now that he was the central figure in the scene,
all Sam's old assurance returned. "If you mean the fellers what broke
into Teddy's uncle's store, I can flash one of them up. The other come
to the fair an' didn't get back, so Phil thought he was arrested."
"Who do you mean by the other fellow?" Mr. Harvey asked.
"Why, Long Jim, the same man what swindled Teddy out of his fifteen
dollars at Waterville."
"Have you been with him since your disappearance?"
"Most of the time he hung around, an' then ag'in Phil was there."
"Who is Phil?"
"Long Jim's partner. They've got a slat of stuff what has been stole
'round here, an' I know where all of it is."
"Tell the 'Squire the whole story."
This was Sam's opportunity, and, in order to cover himself with glory,
he slaughtered the truth in the most shocking manner.
"Well," he said, in a consequential way, "when Dan an' me an' Teddy saw
the thieves carryin' stuff down to that old barn I wanted to rush in an'
arrest both; but the other fellows was scared an' come ashore to talk
with Hazelton so's he'd tell 'em what to do. Then I jes' made up my mind
to carry on the job myself, an' went back."
"Where?" the 'Squire asked.
"To the barn to get the stuff. While I was diggin' it up the men come
back, an' the minute they saw who was on their trail they got
frightened."
"And who was on their trail?" the 'Squire interrupted.
"Why, me, of course. They rushed in, an' I had the awfullest row; but it
was two to one, an' so I got the worst of it. They had to work mighty
hard before gettin' me tired, an' then all the stuff was dug up an' put
in the boat. My craft was upset an' sent adrift, so's to make it look as
if I was dead, an' we went down the creek six or seven miles, where we
hid in the woods. Phil came back here after more goods what had been
stolen, an' they was goin' to skip the country, when there was a big
row, an' Long Jim allowed he'd come to the fair once more. Phil was mad,
an' got pretty drunk, an' after that I had my innings. I turned to an'
lashed him up same's I'd been; but we had an' awful fight. It takes
more'n one man to git away with me."
"Where is this fellow now?" the 'Squire interrupted again.
"Down the creek, tied up so's he can't hardly breathe, an' he must be
pretty near sober by this time."
"If he was very drunk I do not understand how he could have fought so
hard."
"Well, he did; but I got the best of him, an' what's more, I know where
all the stuff that's been stolen is hid."
"Mr. Constable, bring into court the prisoner who is charged with
swindling, and let us see if this extraordinary boy can identify him,"
the 'Squire said, with an unusual amount of dignity.
"If it's Long Jim, you bet I can," Sam said, as he turned toward the
spectators that they might have a good opportunity of seeing such a
wonderful detective as he claimed to be.
Teddy and Dan could hardly control their impatience to speak privately
with Sam. As a matter of course, they understood that he was
embellishing the story, and both were eager to make him tell the exact
truth.
Just at that moment, however, Sam had no time to spend on ordinary boys.
He had come out of a bad scrape with apparently flying colors, and
intended to enjoy his triumph to the utmost before sinking back to his
rightful plane.
The jail was near at hand, and Sam had not exhibited himself as much as
he desired when Long Jim was brought in.
On seeing the boy the burglar gave a start of surprise, and allowed the
incriminating question to escape his lips:
"Has Phil been pinched, too?"
"I took care of that business, an' we'll bring him in some time to-day.
Say, what about that awful lickin' you was goin' to give me?"
"I'll cut your throat before this job is finished," was the angry reply,
and there was no longer any necessity of asking Sam if he recognized the
prisoner.
"You say you can show us the stolen goods, and the other burglar is
where the officers can get him?" Mr. Harvey asked.
"That's just what I can do," Sam replied, proudly.
"Then you will have earned fifty dollars, for Mr. Hargreaves has
promised, even sworn, that he will pay that amount for the return of his
property," Mr. Harvey continued.
"He might as well give me the money now, for I'm ready to turn the stuff
up, an' when there's more big detective work to be done, come to me."
"I don't know about payin' any reward till I'm certain the little
villain isn't one of the thieves himself, an' is doin' this to swindle
me," Uncle Nathan cried, quickly.
"He shall have the reward if the story is true," the 'Squire replied.
"You can't go back on what you've sworn to, an' must pay up. Mr.
Constable, get two or three men an' go with this boy. Don't lose sight
of him for a minute until he has given all the information in his
power."
CHAPTER XXXII.
_IN CONCLUSION._
Sam was led away before either Teddy or Dan could speak privately with
him; but they went at once to congratulate Hazelton on his apparently
happy escape, and, in response to Mr. Harvey's request, the 'Squire
said:
"The prisoner can remain here, or in your custody, until the party
returns. If the boy has told the truth there is nothing for me to do but
discharge him, and I am really glad that he has come out so
fortunately."
"Don't think I'll ever forget what you've done for me," Hazelton
whispered to Teddy.
"But it isn't me at all. Sam seems to have fixed everything."
"I've got an idea that I know pretty near the truth of the whole story,
never mind how he tells it. At all events, we've no reason to complain,
for if the goods and the other burglar are found, we are out of our
trouble. Your uncle's charges can't hold after that."
It was, as Teddy now realized for the first time, a happy conclusion to
the troubles of both, and his heart was lighter than it had been at any
time since the accusation was made.
There was no question that those who had gone with Sam would be absent
several hours, and the little party in the court-room had more time at
their disposal than could well be occupied by the discussion of their
affairs.
After the different phases of the case had been gone over in detail,
Hazelton asked Teddy:
"How did you come out at the fair?"
"I haven't figured up; but I know I've made a good deal, an' it must be
almost enough, countin' the money Deacon Jones gave us, to pay the debt
on the place."
Until this moment Teddy had had so much on his mind that the principal
cause of his turning fakir was absent from his mind; but now, with
nothing better to do, he began to count up the week's work, announcing
the result a few moments later by saying:
"I took in two hundred an' fifty-two dollars an' fifty cents during the
week. Out of that must come the money I lost at Waterville, what I paid
Uncle Nathan, the privilege, the money I paid Mr. Reaves for the stock,
Tim's wages, an' my board. That leaves one hundred an' forty-five
dollars an' ninety-eight cents. With what came in from the testimonial
I'll have enough to pay off the debt on the house, an' pretty near
eight dollars for myself, which is what I call a big week's work."
"I'm glad you have made it," Hazelton replied, heartily. "There is a
little matter between you an' I which yet remains to be settled, and
when that has been done you should be considerably better off."
"I don't want you to do a thing," Teddy said, quickly. "So many people
have helped me since the fair opened that it seems as if I was nothing
more or less than a beggar."
"You come very far from deserving that title," the fakir replied, and
then the entrance of Mr. Reaves interrupted the conversation. After
talking with the lawyer, the merchant said to Teddy:
"I am more than pleased to learn that you will be freed from all your
troubles in a short time. Next week I shall be in need of a clerk, and
if you wish to take the situation it shall be left open until you are
ready to go to work. The wages are six dollars a week for the first
year, with an increase as soon as you can earn it, and I will really be
pleased to have you in my employ."
"I'd like to come," Teddy replied; "but it don't seem just right to
leave mother."
"There is no necessity of doing so. You can ride back and forth on the
stage, unless your mother should decide, as I think she will eventually,
to make her home in Waterville."
"If she approves of the plan I'll come to work next week."
"Make it two weeks, so that there'll be plenty of time to arrange
matters, and I will expect you," the merchant replied in a tone which
showed that he was more than satisfied with the arrangement. "I only
came over to see if you needed any assistance; but Mr. Harvey says
you'll soon be free from the charge your uncle made, therefore I will go
back at once."
About an hour after the merchant departed Sam and the constables
returned with Phil and the stolen goods.
The amateur detective was in the best possible spirits, and now that the
burglar had been apprehended through his assistance the boy felt
absolutely certain he was the greatest detective in the country.
As a matter of course, there was nothing the 'Squire could do save
discharge Hazelton from custody, and after Mr. Harvey had given his word
that he would take care Sam should appear when wanted as a witness, the
boy rejoined his friends, saying as he did so:
"If you fellers had done as I wanted you'd be way up now, the same as I
am. Of course, I don't blame you for being afraid; but when you go out
on such work the only way is to hold on."
"I wonder how long you'd have held on if the men hadn't made you stay
with them?" Dan asked.
"Who told you that?" Sam said. "If I staid, it was because I knowed it
wouldn't be long until I got the upper hand of the gang, an I've done
it."
Before the party separated, and while Uncle Nathan was identifying the
goods which had been stolen from him, Mr. Harvey insisted that the
reward should be paid, and although it was very much like drawing a
tooth, the old man was finally induced to make his word good.
"It's a pile of money, but I earned it," Sam said, as he tucked Uncle
Nathan's grudgingly bestowed cash in his trousers pocket. "There ain't
many 'round this part of the country who could have done what I did, an'
it's only right detectives should be well paid."
Then, with many protestations of friendship, the lawyer started for
home, after returning to Hazelton the money which Teddy had given Mr.
Reaves for safekeeping, and the fakir said as he walked out of the
court-room with the four boys:
"Now, I want you to come with me, until my business is settled, and then
I'll shake the dust of Peach Bottom from my feet in the shortest
possible time."
Not understanding what he meant, the boys accompanied him to the nearest
jewelry store, and there he bought two silver watches, which he
presented to Teddy and Dan, as he said:
"These are only to remind you that I am grateful for what has been done.
It isn't much of a present; but it will suffice to show I'm not
ungrateful. Some time in the future I may meet you again, and then the
full debt shall be paid if I'm solid enough to do it."
He was gone almost before the astonished boys could thank him, and with
his departure this story should properly be concluded, since Teddy has
made his last appearance as a fakir.
A few more words, and "the end" shall be written.
Sam, still believing himself especially designed for a detective, is yet
displaying his "style" as an oarsman in the employ of the Davis Boat and
Oar Company, and he believes he has guessed the weight of the yacht
which is so soon to be given away.
Dan accepted an offer from Mr. Reaves last week, and he and Teddy are
learning the same business, both looking forward to the time when they
shall own a store equally as large.
Uncle Nathan is still at the Run, but his trade has decreased very
materially, and Hazelton has not been seen since the day he left Peach
Bottom; but it is quite possible that when the fair opens this season
all the fakirs may again meet the country boy who made such a successful
venture at the country fair.
[THE END.]
[Illustration: 53 STATE ST.
19 KILBY ST.]
CHARLES E. BROWN & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS, BOSTON.
RIDPATH'S UNITED STATES.
Cloth 3.75 Sheep 5.00 Half Morocco 6.00
Size of Volumes 7-1/2 x 10-1/4 Inches.
[Illustration: THE UNITED STATES A HISTORY
JOHN CLARK RIDPATH L.L.D.]
_Fac-simile Volume Reduced._
FOR SALE BY ALL BOOKSELLERS OR SENT UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE BY THE
PUBLISHERS.
CHARLES E. BROWN & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS BOSTON.
HALL'S IRELAND, 3 VOLS. IN 1.
Cloth 3.75 Sheep 5.00 Half Morocco 6.00
Size of Volumes 7 1/2 x 10 1/4 Inches.
[Illustration: IRELAND ITS HISTORY SCENERY AND PEOPLE]
_Fac-simile Volume Reduced._
FOR SALE BY ALL BOOKSELLERS OR SENT UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE BY THE
PUBLISHERS.
CHARLES E. BROWN & CO.'S PUBLICATIONS, BOSTON.
MISS PARLOA'S COOK BOOK.
Cloth, silver and black Side and Back 1.25
Size of Volumes 5-1/4 x 7-3/4 Inches.
[Illustration: MISS PARLOA'S COOK BOOK]
_Fac-simile Volume Reduced._
FOR SALE BY ALL BOOKSELLERS OR SENT UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE BY THE
PUBLISHERS.
* * * * *
Transcriber's Note:
[----] denotes a word missing in the original text.
***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE ADVENTURES OF A COUNTRY BOY AT A
COUNTRY FAIR***
******* This file should be named 37647.txt or 37647.zip *******
This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/3/7/6/4/37647
Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
will be renamed.
Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
redistribution.
*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg-tm License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
that
- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License. You must require such a user to return or
destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
Project Gutenberg-tm works.
- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
of receipt of the work.
- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
For additional contact information:
Dr. Gregory B. Newby
Chief Executive and Director
gbnewby@pglaf.org
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
To donate, please visit:
http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works.
Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
http://www.gutenberg.org
This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
|